diff options
| author | bitflash-coin <bookofshamers@outlook.com> | 2026-08-04 06:34:32 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | bitflash-coin <bookofshamers@outlook.com> | 2026-08-04 06:34:32 -0700 |
| commit | 5ce650382352c1503f40abf08129ada69402af55 (patch) | |
| tree | 6a18198901f1e2c4933f1ac53c9365eec512bf63 /src/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp | |
| parent | f34113291da7e5e3dc7d2468d4f9c212c05c584b (diff) | |
public commit
Diffstat (limited to 'src/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp')
| -rw-r--r-- | src/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp | 4904 |
1 files changed, 4904 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/src/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp b/src/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..43b5cd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,4904 @@ | |||
| 1 | // dear imgui, v1.92.9 | ||
| 2 | // (tables and columns code) | ||
| 3 | |||
| 4 | /* | ||
| 5 | |||
| 6 | Index of this file: | ||
| 7 | |||
| 8 | // [SECTION] Commentary | ||
| 9 | // [SECTION] Header mess | ||
| 10 | // [SECTION] Tables: Main code | ||
| 11 | // [SECTION] Tables: Simple accessors | ||
| 12 | // [SECTION] Tables: Row changes | ||
| 13 | // [SECTION] Tables: Columns changes | ||
| 14 | // [SECTION] Tables: Columns width management | ||
| 15 | // [SECTION] Tables: Drawing | ||
| 16 | // [SECTION] Tables: Sorting | ||
| 17 | // [SECTION] Tables: Headers | ||
| 18 | // [SECTION] Tables: Context Menu | ||
| 19 | // [SECTION] Tables: Settings (.ini data) | ||
| 20 | // [SECTION] Tables: Garbage Collection | ||
| 21 | // [SECTION] Tables: Debugging | ||
| 22 | // [SECTION] Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc. | ||
| 23 | |||
| 24 | */ | ||
| 25 | |||
| 26 | // Navigating this file: | ||
| 27 | // - In Visual Studio: Ctrl+Comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas Ctrl+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. | ||
| 28 | // - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: Alt+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments. | ||
| 29 | // - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: Ctrl+Click can follow symbols inside comments. | ||
| 30 | |||
| 31 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 32 | // [SECTION] Commentary | ||
| 33 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 34 | |||
| 35 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 36 | // Typical tables call flow: (root level is generally public API): | ||
| 37 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 38 | // - BeginTable() user begin into a table | ||
| 39 | // | BeginChild() - (if ScrollX/ScrollY is set) | ||
| 40 | // | TableBeginInitMemory() - first time table is used | ||
| 41 | // | TableResetSettings() - on settings reset | ||
| 42 | // | TableLoadSettings() - on settings load | ||
| 43 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 44 | // - TableSetupColumn() user submit columns details (optional) | ||
| 45 | // - TableSetupScrollFreeze() user submit scroll freeze information (optional) | ||
| 46 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 47 | // - TableUpdateLayout() [Internal] followup to BeginTable(): setup everything: widths, columns positions, clipping rectangles. Automatically called by the FIRST call to TableNextRow() or TableHeadersRow(). | ||
| 48 | // | TableApplyQueuedRequests() - apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests | ||
| 49 | // | - TableSetColumnWidth() - apply resizing width (for mouse resize, often requested by previous frame) | ||
| 50 | // | - TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth()- recompute columns weights (of stretch columns) from their respective width | ||
| 51 | // | - TableSetColumnDisplayOrder() - apply reordering a column | ||
| 52 | // | TableSetupDrawChannels() - setup ImDrawList channels | ||
| 53 | // | TableUpdateBorders() - detect hovering columns for resize, ahead of contents submission | ||
| 54 | // | TableBeginContextMenuPopup() | ||
| 55 | // | - TableDrawDefaultContextMenu() - draw right-click context menu contents | ||
| 56 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 57 | // - TableHeadersRow() or TableHeader() user submit a headers row (optional) | ||
| 58 | // | TableSortSpecsClickColumn() - when left-clicked: alter sort order and sort direction | ||
| 59 | // | TableOpenContextMenu() - when right-clicked: trigger opening of the default context menu | ||
| 60 | // - TableGetSortSpecs() user queries updated sort specs (optional, generally after submitting headers) | ||
| 61 | // - TableNextRow() user begin into a new row (also automatically called by TableHeadersRow()) | ||
| 62 | // | TableEndRow() - finish existing row | ||
| 63 | // | TableBeginRow() - add a new row | ||
| 64 | // - TableSetColumnIndex() / TableNextColumn() user begin into a cell | ||
| 65 | // | TableEndCell() - close existing column/cell | ||
| 66 | // | TableBeginCell() - enter into current column/cell | ||
| 67 | // - [...] user emit contents | ||
| 68 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 69 | // - EndTable() user ends the table | ||
| 70 | // | TableDrawBorders() - draw outer borders, inner vertical borders | ||
| 71 | // | TableMergeDrawChannels() - merge draw channels if clipping isn't required | ||
| 72 | // | EndChild() - (if ScrollX/ScrollY is set) | ||
| 73 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 74 | |||
| 75 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 76 | // TABLE SIZING | ||
| 77 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 78 | // (Read carefully because this is subtle but it does make sense!) | ||
| 79 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 80 | // About 'outer_size': | ||
| 81 | // Its meaning needs to differ slightly depending on if we are using ScrollX/ScrollY flags. | ||
| 82 | // Default value is ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f). | ||
| 83 | // X | ||
| 84 | // - outer_size.x <= 0.0f -> Right-align from window/work-rect right-most edge. With -FLT_MIN or 0.0f will align exactly on right-most edge. | ||
| 85 | // - outer_size.x > 0.0f -> Set Fixed width. | ||
| 86 | // Y with ScrollX/ScrollY disabled: we output table directly in current window | ||
| 87 | // - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set). Not meaningful if parent window can vertically scroll. | ||
| 88 | // - outer_size.y = 0.0f -> No minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set) | ||
| 89 | // - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set) | ||
| 90 | // Y with ScrollX/ScrollY enabled: using a child window for scrolling | ||
| 91 | // - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align. Not meaningful if parent window can vertically scroll. | ||
| 92 | // - outer_size.y = 0.0f -> Bottom-align, consistent with BeginChild(). Not recommended unless table is last item in parent window. | ||
| 93 | // - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Exact height. Recommended when using Scrolling on any axis. | ||
| 94 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 95 | // Outer size is also affected by the NoHostExtendX/NoHostExtendY flags. | ||
| 96 | // Important to note how the two flags have slightly different behaviors! | ||
| 97 | // - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX -> Make outer width auto-fit to columns (overriding outer_size.x value). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used. | ||
| 98 | // - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY -> Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY is disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible. | ||
| 99 | // In theory ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY could be the default and any non-scrolling tables with outer_size.y != 0.0f would use exact height. | ||
| 100 | // This would be consistent but perhaps less useful and more confusing (as vertically clipped items are not useful and not easily noticeable). | ||
| 101 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 102 | // About 'inner_width': | ||
| 103 | // With ScrollX disabled: | ||
| 104 | // - inner_width -> *ignored* | ||
| 105 | // With ScrollX enabled: | ||
| 106 | // - inner_width < 0.0f -> *illegal* fit in known width (right align from outer_size.x) <-- weird | ||
| 107 | // - inner_width = 0.0f -> fit in outer_width: Fixed size columns will take space they need (if avail, otherwise shrink down), Stretch columns becomes Fixed columns. | ||
| 108 | // - inner_width > 0.0f -> override scrolling width, generally to be larger than outer_size.x. Fixed column take space they need (if avail, otherwise shrink down), Stretch columns share remaining space! | ||
| 109 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 110 | // Details: | ||
| 111 | // - If you want to use Stretch columns with ScrollX, you generally need to specify 'inner_width' otherwise the concept | ||
| 112 | // of "available space" doesn't make sense. | ||
| 113 | // - Even if not really useful, we allow 'inner_width < outer_size.x' for consistency and to facilitate understanding | ||
| 114 | // of what the value does. | ||
| 115 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 116 | |||
| 117 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 118 | // COLUMNS SIZING POLICIES | ||
| 119 | // (Reference: ImGuiTableFlags_SizingXXX flags and ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthXXX flags) | ||
| 120 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 121 | // About overriding column sizing policy and width/weight with TableSetupColumn(): | ||
| 122 | // We use a default parameter of -1 for 'init_width'/'init_weight'. | ||
| 123 | // - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, init_width <= 0 (default) --> width is automatic | ||
| 124 | // - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, init_width > 0 (explicit) --> width is custom | ||
| 125 | // - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, init_weight <= 0 (default) --> weight is 1.0f | ||
| 126 | // - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, init_weight > 0 (explicit) --> weight is custom | ||
| 127 | // Widths are specified _without_ CellPadding. If you specify a width of 100.0f, the column will be cover (100.0f + Padding * 2.0f) | ||
| 128 | // and you can fit a 100.0f wide item in it without clipping and with padding honored. | ||
| 129 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 130 | // About default sizing policy (if you don't specify a ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthXXXX flag) | ||
| 131 | // - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, default Width is equal to contents width | ||
| 132 | // - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, default Width is max of all contents width | ||
| 133 | // - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, default Weight is 1.0f | ||
| 134 | // - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchWeight --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, default Weight is proportional to contents | ||
| 135 | // Default Width and default Weight can be overridden when calling TableSetupColumn(). | ||
| 136 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 137 | // About mixing Fixed/Auto and Stretch columns together: | ||
| 138 | // - the typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns. | ||
| 139 | // - using mixed policies with ScrollX does not make much sense, as using Stretch columns with ScrollX does not make much sense in the first place! | ||
| 140 | // that is, unless 'inner_width' is passed to BeginTable() to explicitly provide a total width to layout columns in. | ||
| 141 | // - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame with mixed columns, only the Fixed/Auto columns will match their widths to the width of the maximum contents. | ||
| 142 | // - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame with mixed columns, only the Stretch columns will match their weights/widths. | ||
| 143 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 144 | // About using column width: | ||
| 145 | // If a column is manually resizable or has a width specified with TableSetupColumn(): | ||
| 146 | // - you may use GetContentRegionAvail().x to query the width available in a given column. | ||
| 147 | // - right-side alignment features such as SetNextItemWidth(-x) or PushItemWidth(-x) will rely on this width. | ||
| 148 | // If the column is not resizable and has no width specified with TableSetupColumn(): | ||
| 149 | // - its width will be automatic and be set to the max of items submitted. | ||
| 150 | // - therefore you generally cannot have ALL items of the columns use e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN). | ||
| 151 | // - but if the column has one or more items of known/fixed size, this will become the reference width used by SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN). | ||
| 152 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 153 | |||
| 154 | |||
| 155 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 156 | // TABLES CLIPPING/CULLING | ||
| 157 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 158 | // About clipping/culling of Rows in Tables: | ||
| 159 | // - For large numbers of rows, it is recommended you use ImGuiListClipper to submit only visible rows. | ||
| 160 | // ImGuiListClipper is reliant on the fact that rows are of equal height. | ||
| 161 | // See 'Demo->Tables->Vertical Scrolling' or 'Demo->Tables->Advanced' for a demo of using the clipper. | ||
| 162 | // - Note that auto-resizing columns don't play well with using the clipper. | ||
| 163 | // By default a table with _ScrollX but without _Resizable will have column auto-resize. | ||
| 164 | // So, if you want to use the clipper, make sure to either enable _Resizable, either setup columns width explicitly with _WidthFixed. | ||
| 165 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 166 | // About clipping/culling of Columns in Tables: | ||
| 167 | // - Both TableSetColumnIndex() and TableNextColumn() return true when the column is visible or performing | ||
| 168 | // width measurements. Otherwise, you may skip submitting the contents of a cell/column, BUT ONLY if you know | ||
| 169 | // it is not going to contribute to row height. | ||
| 170 | // In many situations, you may skip submitting contents for every column but one (e.g. the first one). | ||
| 171 | // - Case A: column is not hidden by user, and at least partially in sight (most common case). | ||
| 172 | // - Case B: column is clipped / out of sight (because of scrolling or parent ClipRect): TableNextColumn() return false as a hint but we still allow layout output. | ||
| 173 | // - Case C: column is hidden explicitly by the user (e.g. via the context menu, or _DefaultHide column flag, etc.). | ||
| 174 | // | ||
| 175 | // [A] [B] [C] | ||
| 176 | // TableNextColumn(): true false false -> [userland] when TableNextColumn() / TableSetColumnIndex() returns false, user can skip submitting items but only if the column doesn't contribute to row height. | ||
| 177 | // SkipItems: false false true -> [internal] when SkipItems is true, most widgets will early out if submitted, resulting is no layout output. | ||
| 178 | // ClipRect: normal zero-width zero-width -> [internal] when ClipRect is zero, ItemAdd() will return false and most widgets will early out mid-way. | ||
| 179 | // ImDrawList output: normal dummy dummy -> [internal] when using the dummy channel, ImDrawList submissions (if any) will be wasted (because cliprect is zero-width anyway). | ||
| 180 | // | ||
| 181 | // - We need to distinguish those cases because non-hidden columns that are clipped outside of scrolling bounds should still contribute their height to the row. | ||
| 182 | // However, in the majority of cases, the contribution to row height is the same for all columns, or the tallest cells are known by the programmer. | ||
| 183 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 184 | // About clipping/culling of whole Tables: | ||
| 185 | // - Scrolling tables with a known outer size can be clipped earlier as BeginTable() will return false. | ||
| 186 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 187 | |||
| 188 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 189 | // [SECTION] Header mess | ||
| 190 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 191 | |||
| 192 | #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) | ||
| 193 | #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS | ||
| 194 | #endif | ||
| 195 | |||
| 196 | #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS | ||
| 197 | #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS | ||
| 198 | #endif | ||
| 199 | |||
| 200 | #include "imgui.h" | ||
| 201 | #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE | ||
| 202 | #include "imgui_internal.h" | ||
| 203 | |||
| 204 | // System includes | ||
| 205 | #include <stdint.h> // intptr_t | ||
| 206 | |||
| 207 | // Visual Studio warnings | ||
| 208 | #ifdef _MSC_VER | ||
| 209 | #pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant | ||
| 210 | #pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen | ||
| 211 | #if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later | ||
| 212 | #pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types | ||
| 213 | #endif | ||
| 214 | #pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). | ||
| 215 | #pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). | ||
| 216 | #endif | ||
| 217 | |||
| 218 | // Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything | ||
| 219 | #if defined(__clang__) | ||
| 220 | #if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") | ||
| 221 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! | ||
| 222 | #endif | ||
| 223 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' | ||
| 224 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. | ||
| 225 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. | ||
| 226 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat" // warning: format specifies type 'int' but the argument has type 'unsigned int' | ||
| 227 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. | ||
| 228 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness | ||
| 229 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 | ||
| 230 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. | ||
| 231 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') | ||
| 232 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated | ||
| 233 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision | ||
| 234 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access | ||
| 235 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wnontrivial-memaccess" // warning: first argument in call to 'memset' is a pointer to non-trivially copyable type | ||
| 236 | #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wswitch-default" // warning: 'switch' missing 'default' label | ||
| 237 | #elif defined(__GNUC__) | ||
| 238 | #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind | ||
| 239 | #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating-point with '==' or '!=' is unsafe | ||
| 240 | #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked | ||
| 241 | #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function | ||
| 242 | #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat" // warning: format '%p' expects argument of type 'int'/'void*', but argument X has type 'unsigned int'/'ImGuiWindow*' | ||
| 243 | #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstrict-overflow" | ||
| 244 | #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead | ||
| 245 | #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may change value | ||
| 246 | #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may change the sign of the result | ||
| 247 | #endif | ||
| 248 | |||
| 249 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 250 | // [SECTION] Tables: Main code | ||
| 251 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 252 | // - TableFixFlags() [Internal] | ||
| 253 | // - TableFindByID() [Internal] | ||
| 254 | // - BeginTable() | ||
| 255 | // - BeginTableEx() [Internal] | ||
| 256 | // - TableBeginInitMemory() [Internal] | ||
| 257 | // - TableApplyQueuedRequests() [Internal] | ||
| 258 | // - TableSetupColumnFlags() [Internal] | ||
| 259 | // - TableUpdateLayout() [Internal] | ||
| 260 | // - TableUpdateBorders() [Internal] | ||
| 261 | // - EndTable() | ||
| 262 | // - TableSetupColumn() | ||
| 263 | // - TableSetupScrollFreeze() | ||
| 264 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 265 | |||
| 266 | // Configuration | ||
| 267 | static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0 = 0; | ||
| 268 | static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN = 1; | ||
| 269 | static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP = 2; // When using ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip (this becomes the last visible channel) | ||
| 270 | static const float TABLE_BORDER_SIZE = 1.0f; // FIXME-TABLE: Currently hard-coded because of clipping assumptions with outer borders rendering. | ||
| 271 | static const float TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f; // Extend outside inner borders. | ||
| 272 | static const float TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.06f; // Delay/timer before making the hover feedback (color+cursor) visible because tables/columns tends to be more cramped. | ||
| 273 | |||
| 274 | // Helper | ||
| 275 | inline ImGuiTableFlags TableFixFlags(ImGuiTableFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* outer_window) | ||
| 276 | { | ||
| 277 | // Adjust flags: set default sizing policy | ||
| 278 | if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == 0) | ||
| 279 | flags |= ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) || (outer_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) ? ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit : ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame; | ||
| 280 | |||
| 281 | // Adjust flags: enable NoKeepColumnsVisible when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame | ||
| 282 | if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) | ||
| 283 | flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible; | ||
| 284 | |||
| 285 | // Adjust flags: enforce borders when resizable | ||
| 286 | if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) | ||
| 287 | flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV; | ||
| 288 | |||
| 289 | // Adjust flags: disable NoHostExtendX/NoHostExtendY if we have any scrolling going on | ||
| 290 | if (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) | ||
| 291 | flags &= ~(ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX | ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY); | ||
| 292 | |||
| 293 | // Adjust flags: NoBordersInBodyUntilResize takes priority over NoBordersInBody | ||
| 294 | if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize) | ||
| 295 | flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody; | ||
| 296 | |||
| 297 | // Adjust flags: disable saved settings if there's nothing to save | ||
| 298 | if ((flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) == 0) | ||
| 299 | flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings; | ||
| 300 | |||
| 301 | // Inherit _NoSavedSettings from top-level window (child windows always have _NoSavedSettings set) | ||
| 302 | if (outer_window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) | ||
| 303 | flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings; | ||
| 304 | |||
| 305 | return flags; | ||
| 306 | } | ||
| 307 | |||
| 308 | ImGuiTable* ImGui::TableFindByID(ImGuiID id) | ||
| 309 | { | ||
| 310 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 311 | return g.Tables.GetByKey(id); | ||
| 312 | } | ||
| 313 | |||
| 314 | // Read about "TABLE SIZING" at the top of this file. | ||
| 315 | bool ImGui::BeginTable(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags, const ImVec2& outer_size, float inner_width) | ||
| 316 | { | ||
| 317 | ImGuiID id = GetID(str_id); | ||
| 318 | return BeginTableEx(str_id, id, columns_count, flags, outer_size, inner_width); | ||
| 319 | } | ||
| 320 | |||
| 321 | bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags, const ImVec2& outer_size, float inner_width) | ||
| 322 | { | ||
| 323 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 324 | ImGuiWindow* outer_window = GetCurrentWindow(); | ||
| 325 | if (outer_window->SkipItems) // Consistent with other tables + beneficial side effect that assert on miscalling EndTable() will be more visible. | ||
| 326 | return false; | ||
| 327 | |||
| 328 | // Sanity checks | ||
| 329 | IM_ASSERT(columns_count > 0 && columns_count < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS); | ||
| 330 | if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) | ||
| 331 | IM_ASSERT(inner_width >= 0.0f); | ||
| 332 | |||
| 333 | // If an outer size is specified ahead we will be able to early out when not visible. Exact clipping criteria may evolve. | ||
| 334 | // FIXME: coarse clipping because access to table data causes two issues: | ||
| 335 | // - instance numbers varying/unstable. may not be a direct problem for users, but could make outside access broken or confusing, e.g. TestEngine. | ||
| 336 | // - can't implement support for ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY as we need to somehow pull the height data from somewhere. this also needs stable instance numbers. | ||
| 337 | // The side-effects of accessing table data on coarse clip would be: | ||
| 338 | // - always reserving the pooled ImGuiTable data ahead for a fully clipped table (minor IMHO). Also the 'outer_window_is_measuring_size' criteria may already be defeating this in some situations. | ||
| 339 | // - always performing the GetOrAddByKey() O(log N) query in g.Tables.Map[]. | ||
| 340 | const bool use_child_window = (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) != 0; | ||
| 341 | const ImVec2 avail_size = GetContentRegionAvail(); | ||
| 342 | const ImVec2 actual_outer_size = ImTrunc(CalcItemSize(outer_size, ImMax(avail_size.x, IMGUI_WINDOW_HARD_MIN_SIZE), use_child_window ? ImMax(avail_size.y, IMGUI_WINDOW_HARD_MIN_SIZE) : 0.0f)); | ||
| 343 | const ImRect outer_rect(outer_window->DC.CursorPos, outer_window->DC.CursorPos + actual_outer_size); | ||
| 344 | const bool outer_window_is_measuring_size = (outer_window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (outer_window->AutoFitFramesY > 0); // Doesn't apply to AlwaysAutoResize windows! | ||
| 345 | if (use_child_window && IsClippedEx(outer_rect, 0) && !outer_window_is_measuring_size) | ||
| 346 | { | ||
| 347 | ItemSize(outer_rect); | ||
| 348 | ItemAdd(outer_rect, id); | ||
| 349 | g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); | ||
| 350 | return false; | ||
| 351 | } | ||
| 352 | |||
| 353 | // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user | ||
| 354 | if (g.DebugBreakInTable == id) | ||
| 355 | IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); | ||
| 356 | |||
| 357 | // Acquire storage for the table | ||
| 358 | ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetOrAddByKey(id); | ||
| 359 | |||
| 360 | // Acquire temporary buffers | ||
| 361 | const int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table); | ||
| 362 | if (++g.TablesTempDataStacked > g.TablesTempData.Size) | ||
| 363 | g.TablesTempData.resize(g.TablesTempDataStacked, ImGuiTableTempData()); | ||
| 364 | ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData = &g.TablesTempData[g.TablesTempDataStacked - 1]; | ||
| 365 | temp_data->TableIndex = table_idx; | ||
| 366 | temp_data->ReconcileColumnsRequests.resize(0); // FIXME: Use shrink(0) everywhere? | ||
| 367 | table->DrawSplitter = &table->TempData->DrawSplitter; | ||
| 368 | table->DrawSplitter->Clear(); | ||
| 369 | |||
| 370 | // Fix flags | ||
| 371 | table->IsDefaultSizingPolicy = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == 0; | ||
| 372 | flags = TableFixFlags(flags, outer_window); | ||
| 373 | |||
| 374 | // Initialize | ||
| 375 | const int previous_frame_active = table->LastFrameActive; | ||
| 376 | const int instance_no = (previous_frame_active != g.FrameCount) ? 0 : table->InstanceCurrent + 1; | ||
| 377 | const ImGuiTableFlags previous_flags = table->Flags; | ||
| 378 | const bool is_new_table = (previous_frame_active == -1); | ||
| 379 | table->ID = id; | ||
| 380 | table->Flags = flags; | ||
| 381 | table->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount; | ||
| 382 | table->OuterWindow = table->InnerWindow = outer_window; | ||
| 383 | table->ColumnsCount = columns_count; | ||
| 384 | table->IsLayoutLocked = false; | ||
| 385 | table->InnerWidth = inner_width; | ||
| 386 | table->NavLayer = (ImS8)outer_window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; | ||
| 387 | temp_data->UserOuterSize = outer_size; | ||
| 388 | |||
| 389 | // Instance data (for instance 0, TableID == TableInstanceID) | ||
| 390 | ImGuiID instance_id; | ||
| 391 | table->InstanceCurrent = (ImS16)instance_no; | ||
| 392 | if (instance_no > 0) | ||
| 393 | { | ||
| 394 | IM_ASSERT(table->ColumnsCount == columns_count && "BeginTable(): Cannot change columns count mid-frame while preserving same ID"); | ||
| 395 | if (table->InstanceDataExtra.Size < instance_no) | ||
| 396 | table->InstanceDataExtra.push_back(ImGuiTableInstanceData()); | ||
| 397 | instance_id = GetIDWithSeed(instance_no, GetIDWithSeed("##Instances", NULL, id)); // Push "##Instances" followed by (int)instance_no in ID stack. | ||
| 398 | } | ||
| 399 | else | ||
| 400 | { | ||
| 401 | instance_id = id; | ||
| 402 | } | ||
| 403 | ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); | ||
| 404 | table_instance->TableInstanceID = instance_id; | ||
| 405 | |||
| 406 | // When not using a child window, WorkRect.Max will grow as we append contents. | ||
| 407 | if (use_child_window) | ||
| 408 | { | ||
| 409 | // Ensure no vertical scrollbar appears if we only want horizontal one, to make flag consistent | ||
| 410 | // (we have no other way to disable vertical scrollbar of a window while keeping the horizontal one showing) | ||
| 411 | ImVec2 override_content_size(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); | ||
| 412 | if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && !(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) | ||
| 413 | override_content_size.y = FLT_MIN; | ||
| 414 | |||
| 415 | // Ensure specified width (when not specified, Stretched columns will act as if the width == OuterWidth and | ||
| 416 | // never lead to any scrolling). We don't handle inner_width < 0.0f, we could potentially use it to right-align | ||
| 417 | // based on the right side of the child window work rect, which would require knowing ahead if we are going to | ||
| 418 | // have decoration taking horizontal spaces (typically a vertical scrollbar). | ||
| 419 | if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && inner_width > 0.0f) | ||
| 420 | override_content_size.x = inner_width; | ||
| 421 | |||
| 422 | if (override_content_size.x != FLT_MAX || override_content_size.y != FLT_MAX) | ||
| 423 | SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(override_content_size.x != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.x : 0.0f, override_content_size.y != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.y : 0.0f)); | ||
| 424 | |||
| 425 | // Reset scroll if we are reactivating it | ||
| 426 | if ((previous_flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) == 0) | ||
| 427 | if ((g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll) == 0) | ||
| 428 | SetNextWindowScroll(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); | ||
| 429 | |||
| 430 | // Create scrolling region (without border and zero window padding) | ||
| 431 | ImGuiChildFlags child_child_flags = (g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags) ? g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags : ImGuiChildFlags_None; | ||
| 432 | ImGuiWindowFlags child_window_flags = (g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowFlags) ? g.NextWindowData.WindowFlags : ImGuiWindowFlags_None; | ||
| 433 | if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) | ||
| 434 | child_window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar; | ||
| 435 | BeginChildEx(name, instance_id, outer_rect.GetSize(), child_child_flags, child_window_flags); | ||
| 436 | table->InnerWindow = g.CurrentWindow; | ||
| 437 | table->WorkRect = table->InnerWindow->WorkRect; | ||
| 438 | table->OuterRect = table->InnerWindow->Rect(); | ||
| 439 | table->InnerRect = table->InnerWindow->InnerRect; | ||
| 440 | IM_ASSERT(table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.x == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.y == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f); | ||
| 441 | |||
| 442 | // Allow submitting when host is measuring | ||
| 443 | if (table->InnerWindow->SkipItems && outer_window_is_measuring_size) | ||
| 444 | table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = false; | ||
| 445 | |||
| 446 | // When using multiple instances, ensure they have the same amount of horizontal decorations (aka vertical scrollbar) so stretched columns can be aligned | ||
| 447 | if (instance_no == 0) | ||
| 448 | { | ||
| 449 | table->HasScrollbarYPrev = table->HasScrollbarYCurr; | ||
| 450 | table->HasScrollbarYCurr = false; | ||
| 451 | } | ||
| 452 | table->HasScrollbarYCurr |= table->InnerWindow->ScrollbarY; | ||
| 453 | } | ||
| 454 | else | ||
| 455 | { | ||
| 456 | // For non-scrolling tables, WorkRect == OuterRect == InnerRect. | ||
| 457 | // But at this point we do NOT have a correct value for .Max.y (unless a height has been explicitly passed in). It will only be updated in EndTable(). | ||
| 458 | table->WorkRect = table->OuterRect = table->InnerRect = outer_rect; | ||
| 459 | table->HasScrollbarYPrev = table->HasScrollbarYCurr = false; | ||
| 460 | table->InnerWindow->DC.TreeDepth++; // This is designed to always linking ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DrawLines linking across a table | ||
| 461 | } | ||
| 462 | |||
| 463 | // Push a standardized ID for both child-using and not-child-using tables | ||
| 464 | PushOverrideID(id); | ||
| 465 | if (instance_no > 0) | ||
| 466 | PushOverrideID(instance_id); // FIXME: Somehow this is not resolved by stack-tool, even tho GetIDWithSeed() submitted the symbol. | ||
| 467 | |||
| 468 | // Backup a copy of host window members we will modify | ||
| 469 | ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; | ||
| 470 | table->HostIndentX = inner_window->DC.Indent.x; | ||
| 471 | table->HostClipRect = inner_window->ClipRect; | ||
| 472 | table->HostSkipItems = inner_window->SkipItems; | ||
| 473 | temp_data->WindowID = inner_window->ID; | ||
| 474 | temp_data->HostBackupWorkRect = inner_window->WorkRect; | ||
| 475 | temp_data->HostBackupParentWorkRect = inner_window->ParentWorkRect; | ||
| 476 | temp_data->HostBackupColumnsOffset = outer_window->DC.ColumnsOffset; | ||
| 477 | temp_data->HostBackupPrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize; | ||
| 478 | temp_data->HostBackupCurrLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize; | ||
| 479 | temp_data->HostBackupCursorMaxPos = inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos; | ||
| 480 | temp_data->HostBackupItemWidth = outer_window->DC.ItemWidth; | ||
| 481 | temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize = outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size; | ||
| 482 | inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); | ||
| 483 | |||
| 484 | // Make borders not overlap our contents by offsetting HostClipRect (#6765, #7428, #3752) | ||
| 485 | // (we normally shouldn't alter HostClipRect as we rely on TableMergeDrawChannels() expanding non-clipped column toward the | ||
| 486 | // limits of that rectangle, in order for ImDrawListSplitter::Merge() to merge the draw commands. However since the overlap | ||
| 487 | // problem only affect scrolling tables in this case we can get away with doing it without extra cost). | ||
| 488 | if (inner_window != outer_window) | ||
| 489 | { | ||
| 490 | // FIXME: Because inner_window's Scrollbar doesn't know about border size, since it's not encoded in window->WindowBorderSize, | ||
| 491 | // it already overlaps it and doesn't need an extra offset. Ideally we should be able to pass custom border size with | ||
| 492 | // different x/y values to BeginChild(). | ||
| 493 | if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) | ||
| 494 | { | ||
| 495 | table->HostClipRect.Min.x = ImMin(table->HostClipRect.Min.x + TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, table->HostClipRect.Max.x); | ||
| 496 | if (inner_window->DecoOuterSizeX2 == 0.0f) | ||
| 497 | table->HostClipRect.Max.x = ImMax(table->HostClipRect.Max.x - TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, table->HostClipRect.Min.x); | ||
| 498 | } | ||
| 499 | if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH) | ||
| 500 | { | ||
| 501 | table->HostClipRect.Min.y = ImMin(table->HostClipRect.Min.y + TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, table->HostClipRect.Max.y); | ||
| 502 | if (inner_window->DecoOuterSizeY2 == 0.0f) | ||
| 503 | table->HostClipRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->HostClipRect.Max.y - TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, table->HostClipRect.Min.y); | ||
| 504 | } | ||
| 505 | } | ||
| 506 | |||
| 507 | // Padding and Spacing | ||
| 508 | // - None ........Content..... Pad .....Content........ | ||
| 509 | // - PadOuter | Pad ..Content..... Pad .....Content.. Pad | | ||
| 510 | // - PadInner ........Content.. Pad | Pad ..Content........ | ||
| 511 | // - PadOuter+PadInner | Pad ..Content.. Pad | Pad ..Content.. Pad | | ||
| 512 | const bool pad_outer_x = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX) ? false : (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX) ? true : (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) != 0; | ||
| 513 | const bool pad_inner_x = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX) ? false : true; | ||
| 514 | const float inner_spacing_for_border = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f; | ||
| 515 | const float inner_spacing_explicit = (pad_inner_x && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) == 0) ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f; | ||
| 516 | const float inner_padding_explicit = (pad_inner_x && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) != 0) ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f; | ||
| 517 | table->CellSpacingX1 = inner_spacing_explicit + inner_spacing_for_border; | ||
| 518 | table->CellSpacingX2 = inner_spacing_explicit; | ||
| 519 | table->CellPaddingX = inner_padding_explicit; | ||
| 520 | |||
| 521 | const float outer_padding_for_border = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f; | ||
| 522 | const float outer_padding_explicit = pad_outer_x ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f; | ||
| 523 | table->OuterPaddingX = (outer_padding_for_border + outer_padding_explicit) - table->CellPaddingX; | ||
| 524 | |||
| 525 | table->CurrentColumn = -1; | ||
| 526 | table->CurrentRow = -1; | ||
| 527 | table->RowBgColorCounter = 0; | ||
| 528 | table->LastRowFlags = ImGuiTableRowFlags_None; | ||
| 529 | table->InnerClipRect = (inner_window == outer_window) ? table->WorkRect : inner_window->ClipRect; | ||
| 530 | table->InnerClipRect.ClipWith(table->WorkRect); // We need this to honor inner_width | ||
| 531 | table->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(table->HostClipRect); | ||
| 532 | table->InnerClipRect.Max.y = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) ? ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.y, inner_window->WorkRect.Max.y) : table->HostClipRect.Max.y; | ||
| 533 | |||
| 534 | table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = table->WorkRect.Min.y; // This is needed somehow | ||
| 535 | table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; // This will be cleared again by TableBeginRow() | ||
| 536 | table->RowCellPaddingY = 0.0f; | ||
| 537 | table->FreezeRowsRequest = table->FreezeRowsCount = 0; // This will be setup by TableSetupScrollFreeze(), if any | ||
| 538 | table->FreezeColumnsRequest = table->FreezeColumnsCount = 0; | ||
| 539 | table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; | ||
| 540 | table->DeclColumnsCount = table->AngledHeadersCount = 0; | ||
| 541 | if (previous_frame_active + 1 < g.FrameCount) | ||
| 542 | table->IsActiveIdInTable = false; | ||
| 543 | table->AngledHeadersHeight = 0.0f; | ||
| 544 | temp_data->AngledHeadersExtraWidth = 0.0f; | ||
| 545 | |||
| 546 | // Using opaque colors facilitate overlapping lines of the grid, otherwise we'd need to improve TableDrawBorders() | ||
| 547 | table->BorderColorStrong = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong); | ||
| 548 | table->BorderColorLight = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight); | ||
| 549 | |||
| 550 | // Make table current | ||
| 551 | g.CurrentTable = table; | ||
| 552 | inner_window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = false; // Shortcut for NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); | ||
| 553 | outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx; | ||
| 554 | if (inner_window != outer_window) // So EndChild() within the inner window can restore the table properly. | ||
| 555 | inner_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx; | ||
| 556 | |||
| 557 | if ((previous_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) == 0) | ||
| 558 | table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true; | ||
| 559 | |||
| 560 | // Mark as used to avoid GC | ||
| 561 | if (table_idx >= g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size) | ||
| 562 | g.TablesLastTimeActive.resize(table_idx + 1, -1.0f); | ||
| 563 | g.TablesLastTimeActive[table_idx] = (float)g.Time; | ||
| 564 | temp_data->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time; | ||
| 565 | table->MemoryCompacted = false; | ||
| 566 | |||
| 567 | // Setup memory buffer (clear data if columns count changed) | ||
| 568 | const int old_columns_count = table->Columns.size(); | ||
| 569 | if (old_columns_count != 0 && old_columns_count != columns_count) | ||
| 570 | { | ||
| 571 | // Attempt to preserve width and other settings on column count/specs change (#4046, #9108) | ||
| 572 | IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_TABLE("[table] Table 0x%08X column count %d -> %d, recreating storage.\n", table->ID, old_columns_count, columns_count); | ||
| 573 | IM_ASSERT(temp_data->OldColumnsRawData == NULL); | ||
| 574 | temp_data->OldColumnsRawData = table->RawData; // Freed during layout | ||
| 575 | temp_data->OldColumnsData = table->Columns; | ||
| 576 | for (ImGuiTableColumn& src_column : table->TempData->OldColumnsData) | ||
| 577 | src_column.IsNeedReconcileSrc = true; | ||
| 578 | table->RawData = NULL; | ||
| 579 | } | ||
| 580 | if (table->RawData == NULL) | ||
| 581 | { | ||
| 582 | TableBeginInitMemory(table, columns_count); | ||
| 583 | table->IsInitializing = true; | ||
| 584 | } | ||
| 585 | if (table->IsResetAllRequest) | ||
| 586 | TableResetSettings(table); | ||
| 587 | if (table->IsInitializing) | ||
| 588 | { | ||
| 589 | // Initialize | ||
| 590 | if (is_new_table) | ||
| 591 | { | ||
| 592 | table->SettingsOffset = -1; | ||
| 593 | table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = true; | ||
| 594 | } | ||
| 595 | table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; | ||
| 596 | table->IsSettingsDirty = true; // Records itself into .ini file even when in default state (#7934) | ||
| 597 | table->IsReconcileMode = false; | ||
| 598 | table->InstanceInteracted = -1; | ||
| 599 | table->ContextPopupColumn = -1; | ||
| 600 | table->ReorderColumn = table->ReorderColumnDstOrder = table->ResizedColumn = table->LastResizedColumn = -1; | ||
| 601 | table->AutoFitSingleColumn = -1; | ||
| 602 | table->HoveredColumnBody = table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1; | ||
| 603 | for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) | ||
| 604 | { | ||
| 605 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[n]; | ||
| 606 | if (temp_data->OldColumnsData.Data && n < temp_data->OldColumnsData.size()) | ||
| 607 | { | ||
| 608 | *column = temp_data->OldColumnsData[n]; | ||
| 609 | } | ||
| 610 | else | ||
| 611 | { | ||
| 612 | float width_auto = column->WidthAuto; | ||
| 613 | *column = ImGuiTableColumn(); | ||
| 614 | column->WidthAuto = width_auto; | ||
| 615 | column->IsPreserveWidthAuto = true; // Preserve WidthAuto when reinitializing a live table: not technically necessary but remove a visible flicker | ||
| 616 | column->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = true; | ||
| 617 | column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; | ||
| 618 | } | ||
| 619 | table->DisplayOrderToIndex[n] = column->DisplayOrder; | ||
| 620 | } | ||
| 621 | } | ||
| 622 | |||
| 623 | // Load settings | ||
| 624 | if (table->IsSettingsRequestLoad) | ||
| 625 | TableLoadSettings(table); | ||
| 626 | |||
| 627 | // Disable output until user calls TableNextRow() or TableNextColumn() leading to the TableUpdateLayout() call.. | ||
| 628 | // This is not strictly necessary but will reduce cases were "out of table" output will be misleading to the user. | ||
| 629 | // Because we cannot safely assert in EndTable() when no rows have been created, this seems like our best option. | ||
| 630 | inner_window->SkipItems = true; | ||
| 631 | |||
| 632 | // Clear names | ||
| 633 | // At this point the ->NameOffset field of each column will be invalid until TableUpdateLayout() or the first call to TableSetupColumn() | ||
| 634 | if (table->ColumnsNames.Buf.Size > 0) | ||
| 635 | table->ColumnsNames.Buf.resize(0); | ||
| 636 | |||
| 637 | return true; | ||
| 638 | } | ||
| 639 | |||
| 640 | // For reference, the average total _allocation count_ for a table is: | ||
| 641 | // + 0 (for ImGuiTable instance, we are pooling allocations in g.Tables[]) | ||
| 642 | // + 1 (for table->RawData allocated below) | ||
| 643 | // + 1 (for table->ColumnsNames, if names are used) | ||
| 644 | // Shared allocations for the maximum number of simultaneously nested tables (generally a very small number) | ||
| 645 | // + 1 (for table->Splitter._Channels) | ||
| 646 | // + 2 * active_channels_count (for ImDrawCmd and ImDrawIdx buffers inside channels) | ||
| 647 | // Where active_channels_count is variable but often == columns_count or == columns_count + 1, see TableSetupDrawChannels() for details. | ||
| 648 | // Unused channels don't perform their +2 allocations. | ||
| 649 | void ImGui::TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count) | ||
| 650 | { | ||
| 651 | // Allocate single buffer for our arrays | ||
| 652 | const int columns_bit_array_size = (int)ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(columns_count); | ||
| 653 | ImSpanAllocator<6> span_allocator; | ||
| 654 | span_allocator.Reserve(0, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumn)); | ||
| 655 | span_allocator.Reserve(1, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnIdx)); | ||
| 656 | span_allocator.Reserve(2, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableCellData), 4); | ||
| 657 | for (int n = 3; n < 6; n++) | ||
| 658 | span_allocator.Reserve(n, columns_bit_array_size); | ||
| 659 | table->RawData = IM_ALLOC(span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes()); | ||
| 660 | memset(table->RawData, 0, span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes()); | ||
| 661 | span_allocator.SetArenaBasePtr(table->RawData); | ||
| 662 | span_allocator.GetSpan(0, &table->Columns); | ||
| 663 | span_allocator.GetSpan(1, &table->DisplayOrderToIndex); | ||
| 664 | span_allocator.GetSpan(2, &table->RowCellData); | ||
| 665 | table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(3); | ||
| 666 | table->EnabledMaskByIndex = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(4); | ||
| 667 | table->VisibleMaskByIndex = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(5); | ||
| 668 | } | ||
| 669 | |||
| 670 | // Apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests | ||
| 671 | void ImGui::TableApplyQueuedRequests(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 672 | { | ||
| 673 | // Handle resizing request | ||
| 674 | // (We process this in the TableBegin() of the first instance of each table) | ||
| 675 | // FIXME-TABLE: Contains columns if our work area doesn't allow for scrolling? | ||
| 676 | if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0) | ||
| 677 | { | ||
| 678 | if (table->ResizedColumn != -1 && table->ResizedColumnNextWidth != FLT_MAX) | ||
| 679 | TableSetColumnWidth(table->ResizedColumn, table->ResizedColumnNextWidth); | ||
| 680 | table->LastResizedColumn = table->ResizedColumn; | ||
| 681 | table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = FLT_MAX; | ||
| 682 | table->ResizedColumn = -1; | ||
| 683 | |||
| 684 | // Process auto-fit for single column, which is a special case for stretch columns and fixed columns with FixedSame policy. | ||
| 685 | // FIXME-TABLE: Would be nice to redistribute available stretch space accordingly to other weights, instead of giving it all to siblings. | ||
| 686 | if (table->AutoFitSingleColumn != -1) | ||
| 687 | { | ||
| 688 | TableSetColumnWidth(table->AutoFitSingleColumn, table->Columns[table->AutoFitSingleColumn].WidthAuto); | ||
| 689 | table->AutoFitSingleColumn = -1; | ||
| 690 | } | ||
| 691 | } | ||
| 692 | |||
| 693 | // Handle reordering request | ||
| 694 | //// Note: we don't clear ReorderColumn after handling the request (FIXME: clarify why or add a test). | ||
| 695 | if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0) | ||
| 696 | { | ||
| 697 | table->LastHeldHeaderColumn = table->HeldHeaderColumn; | ||
| 698 | table->HeldHeaderColumn = -1; | ||
| 699 | if (table->ReorderColumn != -1 && table->ReorderColumnDstOrder != -1) | ||
| 700 | { | ||
| 701 | TableSetColumnDisplayOrder(table, table->ReorderColumn, table->ReorderColumnDstOrder); | ||
| 702 | table->ReorderColumnDstOrder = -1; | ||
| 703 | } | ||
| 704 | |||
| 705 | // Release | ||
| 706 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 707 | if (g.ActiveId == 0) // FIXME: Need to revisit. See 38f5e5a. | ||
| 708 | table->ReorderColumn = -1; | ||
| 709 | //if (table->HeldHeaderColumn == -1 && table->ReorderColumn != -1) | ||
| 710 | // table->ReorderColumn = -1; | ||
| 711 | } | ||
| 712 | |||
| 713 | // Handle display order / visibility reset requests | ||
| 714 | if (table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest) | ||
| 715 | { | ||
| 716 | for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) | ||
| 717 | table->DisplayOrderToIndex[n] = table->Columns[n].DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; | ||
| 718 | table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = false; | ||
| 719 | table->IsSettingsDirty = true; | ||
| 720 | } | ||
| 721 | if (table->IsResetVisibilityRequest) | ||
| 722 | { | ||
| 723 | for (ImGuiTableColumn& column : table->Columns) | ||
| 724 | column.IsUserEnabled = column.IsUserEnabledNextFrame = (column.Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) ? 0 : 1; | ||
| 725 | table->IsResetVisibilityRequest = false; | ||
| 726 | table->IsSettingsDirty = true; | ||
| 727 | } | ||
| 728 | } | ||
| 729 | |||
| 730 | // Apply immediately. See TableQueueSetColumnDisplayOrder() for additional checks/constraints. | ||
| 731 | void ImGui::TableSetColumnDisplayOrder(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int dst_order) | ||
| 732 | { | ||
| 733 | IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); | ||
| 734 | IM_ASSERT(dst_order >= 0 && dst_order < table->ColumnsCount); | ||
| 735 | |||
| 736 | ImGuiTableColumn* src_column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 737 | const int src_order = src_column->DisplayOrder; | ||
| 738 | if (src_order == dst_order) | ||
| 739 | return; | ||
| 740 | const int reorder_dir = (dst_order < src_order) ? -1 : +1; | ||
| 741 | |||
| 742 | src_column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)dst_order; | ||
| 743 | for (int order_n = src_order + reorder_dir; order_n != dst_order + reorder_dir; order_n += reorder_dir) | ||
| 744 | table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]].DisplayOrder -= (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)reorder_dir; | ||
| 745 | //IM_ASSERT(dst_column->DisplayOrder == dst_order - reorder_dir); | ||
| 746 | |||
| 747 | // Display order is stored in both columns->IndexDisplayOrder and table->DisplayOrder[]. Rebuild later from the former. | ||
| 748 | // FIXME-OPT: If this is called multiple times we'd effectively have a O(N^2) thing going on. | ||
| 749 | for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) | ||
| 750 | table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->Columns[n].DisplayOrder] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; | ||
| 751 | table->IsSettingsDirty = true; | ||
| 752 | } | ||
| 753 | |||
| 754 | static int TableGetMaxDisplayOrderAllowed(ImGuiTable* table, int src_order, int dst_order) | ||
| 755 | { | ||
| 756 | dst_order = ImClamp(dst_order, 0, table->ColumnsCount - 1); | ||
| 757 | if (src_order == dst_order) | ||
| 758 | return dst_order; | ||
| 759 | |||
| 760 | // Cannot cross over the frozen column limit when interactively reordering. | ||
| 761 | // TableSetupScrollFreeze() enforce a display order range for frozen columns. Reordering across the frozen column barrier is illegal and will be undone. | ||
| 762 | if (table->FreezeColumnsRequest > 0) | ||
| 763 | dst_order = (src_order < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) ? ImMin(dst_order, (int)table->FreezeColumnsRequest - 1) : ImMax(dst_order, (int)table->FreezeColumnsRequest); | ||
| 764 | |||
| 765 | // Cannot cross over a column with the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder flag. | ||
| 766 | int reorder_dir = (src_order < dst_order) ? +1 : -1; | ||
| 767 | for (int order_n = src_order; (src_order < dst_order && order_n <= dst_order) || (dst_order < src_order && order_n >= dst_order); order_n += reorder_dir) | ||
| 768 | if (table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder) | ||
| 769 | { | ||
| 770 | dst_order = (order_n == src_order) ? src_order : order_n - reorder_dir; | ||
| 771 | break; | ||
| 772 | } | ||
| 773 | return dst_order; | ||
| 774 | } | ||
| 775 | |||
| 776 | // Reorder requested by user interaction. | ||
| 777 | void ImGui::TableQueueSetColumnDisplayOrder(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int dst_order) | ||
| 778 | { | ||
| 779 | const int src_order = table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder; | ||
| 780 | table->ReorderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; | ||
| 781 | table->ReorderColumnDstOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)-1; | ||
| 782 | dst_order = TableGetMaxDisplayOrderAllowed(table, src_order, dst_order); | ||
| 783 | if (table->IsLayoutLocked && dst_order == src_order) // We allow calling the function before layout w/ reconcile so don't early out. | ||
| 784 | return; | ||
| 785 | table->ReorderColumnDstOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)dst_order; | ||
| 786 | } | ||
| 787 | |||
| 788 | // Adjust flags: default width mode + stretch columns are not allowed when auto extending | ||
| 789 | static void TableSetupColumnFlags(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags_in) | ||
| 790 | { | ||
| 791 | ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = flags_in; | ||
| 792 | |||
| 793 | // Sizing Policy | ||
| 794 | if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0) | ||
| 795 | { | ||
| 796 | const ImGuiTableFlags table_sizing_policy = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_); | ||
| 797 | if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit || table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) | ||
| 798 | flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed; | ||
| 799 | else | ||
| 800 | flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch; | ||
| 801 | } | ||
| 802 | else | ||
| 803 | { | ||
| 804 | IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_)); // Check that only 1 of each set is used. | ||
| 805 | } | ||
| 806 | |||
| 807 | // Resize | ||
| 808 | if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) == 0) | ||
| 809 | flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize; | ||
| 810 | |||
| 811 | // Sorting | ||
| 812 | if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending)) | ||
| 813 | flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort; | ||
| 814 | |||
| 815 | // Indentation | ||
| 816 | if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_) == 0) | ||
| 817 | flags |= (table->Columns.index_from_ptr(column) == 0) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable; | ||
| 818 | |||
| 819 | // Alignment | ||
| 820 | //if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignMask_) == 0) | ||
| 821 | // flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignCenter; | ||
| 822 | //IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignMask_)); // Check that only 1 of each set is used. | ||
| 823 | |||
| 824 | // Preserve status flags | ||
| 825 | column->Flags = flags | (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_); | ||
| 826 | |||
| 827 | // Build an ordered list of available sort directions | ||
| 828 | column->SortDirectionsAvailCount = column->SortDirectionsAvailMask = column->SortDirectionsAvailList = 0; | ||
| 829 | if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) | ||
| 830 | { | ||
| 831 | int count = 0, mask = 0, list = 0; | ||
| 832 | if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending << (count << 1); count++; } | ||
| 833 | if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Descending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Descending << (count << 1); count++; } | ||
| 834 | if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending << (count << 1); count++; } | ||
| 835 | if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Descending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Descending << (count << 1); count++; } | ||
| 836 | if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate) || count == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_None; count++; } | ||
| 837 | column->SortDirectionsAvailList = (ImU8)list; | ||
| 838 | column->SortDirectionsAvailMask = (ImU8)mask; | ||
| 839 | column->SortDirectionsAvailCount = (ImU8)count; | ||
| 840 | ImGui::TableFixColumnSortDirection(table, column); | ||
| 841 | } | ||
| 842 | } | ||
| 843 | |||
| 844 | // Layout columns for the frame. This is in essence the followup to BeginTable() and this is our largest function. | ||
| 845 | // Runs on the first call to TableNextRow(), to give a chance for TableSetupColumn() and other TableSetupXXXXX() functions to be called first. | ||
| 846 | // FIXME-TABLE: Our width (and therefore our WorkRect) will be minimal in the first frame for _WidthAuto columns. | ||
| 847 | // Increase feedback side-effect with widgets relying on WorkRect.Max.x... Maybe provide a default distribution for _WidthAuto columns? | ||
| 848 | void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 849 | { | ||
| 850 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 851 | ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData; | ||
| 852 | IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false); | ||
| 853 | const int columns_count = table->ColumnsCount; | ||
| 854 | |||
| 855 | // Reconcile moved columns | ||
| 856 | if (temp_data->ReconcileColumnsRequests.Size > 0) | ||
| 857 | TableReconcileColumns(table); | ||
| 858 | if (temp_data->OldColumnsRawData) | ||
| 859 | { | ||
| 860 | IM_FREE(temp_data->OldColumnsRawData); | ||
| 861 | temp_data->OldColumnsRawData = NULL; | ||
| 862 | temp_data->OldColumnsData.clear(); | ||
| 863 | } | ||
| 864 | |||
| 865 | // Apply columns settings | ||
| 866 | if (table->IsSettingsRequestLoad) | ||
| 867 | TableLoadSettingsForColumns(table); | ||
| 868 | if (table->IsInitializing || table->IsSettingsRequestLoad) | ||
| 869 | { | ||
| 870 | for (ImGuiTableColumn& column : table->Columns) | ||
| 871 | { | ||
| 872 | ImGuiTableFlags init_flags; | ||
| 873 | if (table->IsSettingsRequestLoad) | ||
| 874 | init_flags = column.IsLoadedSettings ? ~table->SettingsLoadedFlags : ~0; | ||
| 875 | else | ||
| 876 | init_flags = column.IsJustCreated ? ~0 : 0; | ||
| 877 | TableInitColumnDefaults(table, &column, init_flags); | ||
| 878 | } | ||
| 879 | TableFixDisplayOrder(table); // Call even for non _Reorderable table as we loaded .ini data. | ||
| 880 | table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = false; | ||
| 881 | } | ||
| 882 | |||
| 883 | // Apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests | ||
| 884 | TableApplyQueuedRequests(table); | ||
| 885 | |||
| 886 | // Handle DPI/font resize | ||
| 887 | // This is designed to facilitate DPI changes with the assumption that e.g. style.CellPadding has been scaled as well. | ||
| 888 | // It will also react to changing fonts with mixed results. It doesn't need to be perfect but merely provide a decent transition. | ||
| 889 | // FIXME-DPI: Provide consistent standards for reference size. Perhaps using g.CurrentDpiScale would be more self explanatory. | ||
| 890 | // This is will lead us to non-rounded WidthRequest in columns, which should work but is a poorly tested path. | ||
| 891 | const float new_ref_scale_unit = g.FontSize; // g.Font->GetCharAdvance('A') ? | ||
| 892 | if (table->RefScale != 0.0f && table->RefScale != new_ref_scale_unit) | ||
| 893 | { | ||
| 894 | const float scale_factor = new_ref_scale_unit / table->RefScale; | ||
| 895 | IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_TABLE("[table] 0x%08X RefScale %.3f -> %.3f, scaling width by %.3f\n", table->ID, table->RefScale, new_ref_scale_unit, scale_factor); | ||
| 896 | for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) | ||
| 897 | table->Columns[n].WidthRequest = table->Columns[n].WidthRequest * scale_factor; | ||
| 898 | } | ||
| 899 | table->RefScale = new_ref_scale_unit; | ||
| 900 | |||
| 901 | const ImGuiTableFlags table_sizing_policy = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_); | ||
| 902 | table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder = table->IsDefaultVisibility = true; | ||
| 903 | table->ColumnsEnabledCount = 0; | ||
| 904 | ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, columns_count); | ||
| 905 | ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, columns_count); | ||
| 906 | table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = -1; | ||
| 907 | table->MinColumnWidth = ImMax(1.0f, g.Style.FramePadding.x * 1.0f); // g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing; // FIXME-TABLE | ||
| 908 | |||
| 909 | // [Part 1] Apply/lock Enabled and Order states. Calculate auto/ideal width for columns. Count fixed/stretch columns. | ||
| 910 | // Process columns in their visible orders as we are building the Prev/Next indices. | ||
| 911 | int count_fixed = 0; // Number of columns that have fixed sizing policies | ||
| 912 | int count_stretch = 0; // Number of columns that have stretch sizing policies | ||
| 913 | int prev_visible_column_idx = -1; | ||
| 914 | bool has_auto_fit_request = false; | ||
| 915 | bool has_resizable = false; | ||
| 916 | float stretch_sum_width_auto = 0.0f; | ||
| 917 | float fixed_max_width_auto = 0.0f; | ||
| 918 | for (int order_n = 0; order_n < columns_count; order_n++) | ||
| 919 | { | ||
| 920 | const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; | ||
| 921 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 922 | |||
| 923 | // Clear column setup if not submitted by user. Currently we make it mandatory to call TableSetupColumn() every frame. | ||
| 924 | // It would easily work without but we're not ready to guarantee it since e.g. names need resubmission anyway. | ||
| 925 | // We take a slight shortcut but in theory we could be calling TableSetupColumn() here with dummy values, it should yield the same effect. | ||
| 926 | if (table->DeclColumnsCount <= column_n) | ||
| 927 | { | ||
| 928 | TableSetupColumnFlags(table, column, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None); | ||
| 929 | column->NameOffset = -1; | ||
| 930 | column->ID = column->UserData = 0; | ||
| 931 | column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth = -1.0f; | ||
| 932 | } | ||
| 933 | |||
| 934 | // Update Enabled state, mark settings and sort specs dirty | ||
| 935 | if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) || (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide)) | ||
| 936 | column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = true; | ||
| 937 | if (column->IsUserEnabled != column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame) | ||
| 938 | { | ||
| 939 | column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame; | ||
| 940 | table->IsSettingsDirty = true; | ||
| 941 | } | ||
| 942 | column->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) == 0; | ||
| 943 | column->IsJustCreated = false; | ||
| 944 | |||
| 945 | if (column->IsEnabled != ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) ? 0 : 1)) | ||
| 946 | table->IsDefaultVisibility = false; | ||
| 947 | if (column_n != order_n) | ||
| 948 | table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder = false; | ||
| 949 | |||
| 950 | if (column->SortOrder != -1 && !column->IsEnabled) | ||
| 951 | table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; | ||
| 952 | if (column->SortOrder > 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti)) | ||
| 953 | table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; | ||
| 954 | |||
| 955 | // Auto-fit unsized columns | ||
| 956 | const bool start_auto_fit = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) ? (column->WidthRequest < 0.0f) : (column->StretchWeight < 0.0f); | ||
| 957 | if (start_auto_fit) | ||
| 958 | column->AutoFitQueue = column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 3) - 1; // Fit for three frames | ||
| 959 | |||
| 960 | if (!column->IsEnabled) | ||
| 961 | { | ||
| 962 | column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = -1; | ||
| 963 | continue; | ||
| 964 | } | ||
| 965 | |||
| 966 | // Mark as enabled and link to previous/next enabled column | ||
| 967 | column->PrevEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx; | ||
| 968 | column->NextEnabledColumn = -1; | ||
| 969 | if (prev_visible_column_idx != -1) | ||
| 970 | table->Columns[prev_visible_column_idx].NextEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; | ||
| 971 | else | ||
| 972 | table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; | ||
| 973 | column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = table->ColumnsEnabledCount++; | ||
| 974 | ImBitArraySetBit(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n); | ||
| 975 | ImBitArraySetBit(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, column->DisplayOrder); | ||
| 976 | prev_visible_column_idx = column_n; | ||
| 977 | IM_ASSERT(column->IndexWithinEnabledSet <= column->DisplayOrder); | ||
| 978 | |||
| 979 | // Calculate ideal/auto column width (that's the width required for all contents to be visible without clipping) | ||
| 980 | // Combine width from regular rows + width from headers unless requested not to. | ||
| 981 | if (!column->IsPreserveWidthAuto && table->InstanceCurrent == 0) | ||
| 982 | column->WidthAuto = TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column); | ||
| 983 | |||
| 984 | // Non-resizable columns keep their requested width (apply user value regardless of IsPreserveWidthAuto) | ||
| 985 | const bool column_is_resizable = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) == 0; | ||
| 986 | if (column_is_resizable) | ||
| 987 | has_resizable = true; | ||
| 988 | if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f && !column_is_resizable) | ||
| 989 | column->WidthAuto = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth; | ||
| 990 | |||
| 991 | if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00) | ||
| 992 | has_auto_fit_request = true; | ||
| 993 | if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) | ||
| 994 | { | ||
| 995 | stretch_sum_width_auto += column->WidthAuto; | ||
| 996 | count_stretch++; | ||
| 997 | } | ||
| 998 | else | ||
| 999 | { | ||
| 1000 | fixed_max_width_auto = ImMax(fixed_max_width_auto, column->WidthAuto); | ||
| 1001 | count_fixed++; | ||
| 1002 | } | ||
| 1003 | } | ||
| 1004 | if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && table->SortSpecsCount == 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate)) | ||
| 1005 | table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; | ||
| 1006 | table->RightMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx; | ||
| 1007 | IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostEnabledColumn >= 0 && table->RightMostEnabledColumn >= 0); | ||
| 1008 | |||
| 1009 | // [Part 2] Disable child window clipping while fitting columns. This is not strictly necessary but makes it possible to avoid | ||
| 1010 | // the column fitting having to wait until the first visible frame of the child container (may or not be a good thing). Also see #6510. | ||
| 1011 | // FIXME-TABLE: for always auto-resizing columns may not want to do that all the time. | ||
| 1012 | if (has_auto_fit_request && table->OuterWindow != table->InnerWindow) | ||
| 1013 | table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = false; | ||
| 1014 | if (has_auto_fit_request) | ||
| 1015 | table->IsSettingsDirty = true; | ||
| 1016 | |||
| 1017 | // [Part 3] Fix column flags and record a few extra information. | ||
| 1018 | float sum_width_requests = 0.0f; // Sum of all width for fixed and auto-resize columns, excluding width contributed by Stretch columns but including spacing/padding. | ||
| 1019 | float stretch_sum_weights = 0.0f; // Sum of all weights for stretch columns. | ||
| 1020 | table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = table->RightMostStretchedColumn = -1; | ||
| 1021 | for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns_count; column_n++) | ||
| 1022 | { | ||
| 1023 | if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n)) | ||
| 1024 | continue; | ||
| 1025 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 1026 | |||
| 1027 | const bool column_is_resizable = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) == 0; | ||
| 1028 | if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) | ||
| 1029 | { | ||
| 1030 | // Apply same widths policy | ||
| 1031 | float width_auto = column->WidthAuto; | ||
| 1032 | if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame && (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00 || !column_is_resizable)) | ||
| 1033 | width_auto = fixed_max_width_auto; | ||
| 1034 | |||
| 1035 | // Apply automatic width | ||
| 1036 | // Latch initial size for fixed columns and update it constantly for auto-resizing column (unless clipped!) | ||
| 1037 | if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00) | ||
| 1038 | column->WidthRequest = width_auto; | ||
| 1039 | else if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !column_is_resizable && column->IsRequestOutput) | ||
| 1040 | column->WidthRequest = width_auto; | ||
| 1041 | |||
| 1042 | // FIXME-TABLE: Increase minimum size during init frame to avoid biasing auto-fitting widgets | ||
| 1043 | // (e.g. TextWrapped) too much. Otherwise what tends to happen is that TextWrapped would output a very | ||
| 1044 | // large height (= first frame scrollbar display very off + clipper would skip lots of items). | ||
| 1045 | // This is merely making the side-effect less extreme, but doesn't properly fixes it. | ||
| 1046 | // FIXME: Move this to ->WidthGiven to avoid temporary lossyness? | ||
| 1047 | // FIXME: This break IsPreserveWidthAuto from not flickering if the stored WidthAuto was smaller. | ||
| 1048 | if (column->AutoFitQueue > 0x01 && table->IsInitializing && !column->IsPreserveWidthAuto) | ||
| 1049 | column->WidthRequest = ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth * 4.0f); // FIXME-TABLE: Another constant/scale? | ||
| 1050 | sum_width_requests += column->WidthRequest; | ||
| 1051 | } | ||
| 1052 | else | ||
| 1053 | { | ||
| 1054 | // Initialize stretch weight | ||
| 1055 | if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00 || column->StretchWeight < 0.0f || !column_is_resizable) | ||
| 1056 | { | ||
| 1057 | if (column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f) | ||
| 1058 | column->StretchWeight = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth; | ||
| 1059 | else if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp) | ||
| 1060 | column->StretchWeight = (column->WidthAuto / stretch_sum_width_auto) * count_stretch; | ||
| 1061 | else | ||
| 1062 | column->StretchWeight = 1.0f; | ||
| 1063 | } | ||
| 1064 | |||
| 1065 | stretch_sum_weights += column->StretchWeight; | ||
| 1066 | if (table->LeftMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->LeftMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder > column->DisplayOrder) | ||
| 1067 | table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; | ||
| 1068 | if (table->RightMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->RightMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder < column->DisplayOrder) | ||
| 1069 | table->RightMostStretchedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; | ||
| 1070 | } | ||
| 1071 | column->IsPreserveWidthAuto = false; | ||
| 1072 | sum_width_requests += table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; | ||
| 1073 | } | ||
| 1074 | table->ColumnsEnabledFixedCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)count_fixed; | ||
| 1075 | table->ColumnsStretchSumWeights = stretch_sum_weights; | ||
| 1076 | |||
| 1077 | // [Part 4] Apply final widths based on requested widths | ||
| 1078 | const ImRect work_rect = table->WorkRect; | ||
| 1079 | const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1); | ||
| 1080 | const float width_removed = (table->HasScrollbarYPrev && !table->InnerWindow->ScrollbarY) ? g.Style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f; // To synchronize decoration width of synced tables with mismatching scrollbar state (#5920) | ||
| 1081 | const float width_avail = ImMax(1.0f, (((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && table->InnerWidth == 0.0f) ? table->InnerClipRect.GetWidth() : work_rect.GetWidth()) - width_removed); | ||
| 1082 | const float width_avail_for_stretched_columns = width_avail - width_spacings - sum_width_requests; | ||
| 1083 | float width_remaining_for_stretched_columns = width_avail_for_stretched_columns; | ||
| 1084 | table->ColumnsGivenWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount; | ||
| 1085 | for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns_count; column_n++) | ||
| 1086 | { | ||
| 1087 | if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n)) | ||
| 1088 | continue; | ||
| 1089 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 1090 | |||
| 1091 | // Allocate width for stretched/weighted columns (StretchWeight gets converted into WidthRequest) | ||
| 1092 | if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) | ||
| 1093 | { | ||
| 1094 | float weight_ratio = column->StretchWeight / stretch_sum_weights; | ||
| 1095 | column->WidthRequest = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(width_avail_for_stretched_columns * weight_ratio, table->MinColumnWidth) + 0.01f); | ||
| 1096 | width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= column->WidthRequest; | ||
| 1097 | } | ||
| 1098 | |||
| 1099 | // [Resize Rule 1] The right-most Visible column is not resizable if there is at least one Stretch column | ||
| 1100 | // See additional comments in TableSetColumnWidth(). | ||
| 1101 | if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1 && table->LeftMostStretchedColumn != -1) | ||
| 1102 | column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_; | ||
| 1103 | |||
| 1104 | // Assign final width, record width in case we will need to shrink | ||
| 1105 | column->WidthGiven = ImTrunc(ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth)); | ||
| 1106 | table->ColumnsGivenWidth += column->WidthGiven; | ||
| 1107 | } | ||
| 1108 | |||
| 1109 | // [Part 5] Redistribute stretch remainder width due to rounding (remainder width is < 1.0f * number of Stretch column). | ||
| 1110 | // Using right-to-left distribution (more likely to match resizing cursor). | ||
| 1111 | if (width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths)) | ||
| 1112 | for (int order_n = columns_count - 1; stretch_sum_weights > 0.0f && width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && order_n >= 0; order_n--) | ||
| 1113 | { | ||
| 1114 | if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n)) | ||
| 1115 | continue; | ||
| 1116 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]]; | ||
| 1117 | if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) | ||
| 1118 | continue; | ||
| 1119 | column->WidthRequest += 1.0f; | ||
| 1120 | column->WidthGiven += 1.0f; | ||
| 1121 | width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= 1.0f; | ||
| 1122 | } | ||
| 1123 | |||
| 1124 | // Determine if table is hovered which will be used to flag columns as hovered. | ||
| 1125 | // - In principle we'd like to use the equivalent of IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), | ||
| 1126 | // but because our item is partially submitted at this point we use ItemHoverable() and a workaround (temporarily | ||
| 1127 | // clear ActiveId, which is equivalent to the change provided by _AllowWhenBLockedByActiveItem). | ||
| 1128 | // - This allows columns to be marked as hovered when e.g. clicking a button inside the column, or using drag and drop. | ||
| 1129 | ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); | ||
| 1130 | table_instance->HoveredRowLast = table_instance->HoveredRowNext; | ||
| 1131 | table_instance->HoveredRowNext = -1; | ||
| 1132 | table->HoveredColumnBody = table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1; | ||
| 1133 | const ImRect mouse_hit_rect(table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.Max.x, ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight)); | ||
| 1134 | const ImGuiID backup_active_id = g.ActiveId; | ||
| 1135 | g.ActiveId = 0; | ||
| 1136 | const bool is_hovering_table = ItemHoverable(mouse_hit_rect, 0, ImGuiItemFlags_None); | ||
| 1137 | g.ActiveId = backup_active_id; | ||
| 1138 | |||
| 1139 | // Determine skewed MousePos.x to support angled headers. | ||
| 1140 | float mouse_skewed_x = g.IO.MousePos.x; | ||
| 1141 | if (table->AngledHeadersHeight > 0.0f) | ||
| 1142 | if (g.IO.MousePos.y >= table->OuterRect.Min.y && g.IO.MousePos.y <= table->OuterRect.Min.y + table->AngledHeadersHeight) | ||
| 1143 | mouse_skewed_x += ImTrunc((table->OuterRect.Min.y + table->AngledHeadersHeight - g.IO.MousePos.y) * table->AngledHeadersSlope); | ||
| 1144 | |||
| 1145 | // [Part 6] Setup final position, offset, skip/clip states and clipping rectangles, detect hovered column | ||
| 1146 | // Process columns in their visible orders as we are comparing the visible order and adjusting host_clip_rect while looping. | ||
| 1147 | bool has_at_least_one_column_requesting_output = false; | ||
| 1148 | bool offset_x_frozen = (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0); | ||
| 1149 | float offset_x = ((table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0) ? table->OuterRect.Min.x : work_rect.Min.x) + table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX1; | ||
| 1150 | ImRect host_clip_rect = table->InnerClipRect; | ||
| 1151 | //host_clip_rect.Max.x += table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX2; | ||
| 1152 | ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, columns_count); | ||
| 1153 | for (int order_n = 0; order_n < columns_count; order_n++) | ||
| 1154 | { | ||
| 1155 | const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; | ||
| 1156 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 1157 | |||
| 1158 | // Initial nav layer: using FreezeRowsCount, NOT FreezeRowsRequest, so Header line changes layer when frozen | ||
| 1159 | column->NavLayerCurrent = (ImS8)(table->FreezeRowsCount > 0 ? ImGuiNavLayer_Menu : (ImGuiNavLayer)table->NavLayer); | ||
| 1160 | |||
| 1161 | if (offset_x_frozen && table->FreezeColumnsCount == order_n) | ||
| 1162 | { | ||
| 1163 | offset_x += work_rect.Min.x - table->OuterRect.Min.x; | ||
| 1164 | offset_x_frozen = false; | ||
| 1165 | } | ||
| 1166 | |||
| 1167 | // Clear status flags | ||
| 1168 | column->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_; | ||
| 1169 | |||
| 1170 | if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n)) | ||
| 1171 | { | ||
| 1172 | // Hidden column: clear a few fields and we are done with it for the remainder of the function. | ||
| 1173 | // We set a zero-width clip rect but set Min.y/Max.y properly to not interfere with the clipper. | ||
| 1174 | column->MinX = column->MaxX = column->WorkMinX = column->ClipRect.Min.x = column->ClipRect.Max.x = offset_x; | ||
| 1175 | column->WidthGiven = 0.0f; | ||
| 1176 | column->ClipRect.Min.y = work_rect.Min.y; | ||
| 1177 | column->ClipRect.Max.y = FLT_MAX; | ||
| 1178 | column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_clip_rect); | ||
| 1179 | column->IsVisibleX = column->IsVisibleY = column->IsRequestOutput = false; | ||
| 1180 | column->IsSkipItems = true; | ||
| 1181 | column->ItemWidth = 1.0f; | ||
| 1182 | continue; | ||
| 1183 | } | ||
| 1184 | |||
| 1185 | // Lock start position | ||
| 1186 | column->MinX = offset_x; | ||
| 1187 | |||
| 1188 | // Lock width based on start position and minimum/maximum width for this position | ||
| 1189 | column->WidthMax = TableCalcMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n); | ||
| 1190 | column->WidthGiven = ImMin(column->WidthGiven, column->WidthMax); | ||
| 1191 | column->WidthGiven = ImMax(column->WidthGiven, ImMin(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth)); | ||
| 1192 | column->MaxX = offset_x + column->WidthGiven + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2 + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; | ||
| 1193 | |||
| 1194 | // Lock other positions | ||
| 1195 | // - ClipRect.Min.x: Because merging draw commands doesn't compare min boundaries, we make ClipRect.Min.x match left bounds to be consistent regardless of merging. | ||
| 1196 | // - ClipRect.Max.x: using WorkMaxX instead of MaxX (aka including padding) makes things more consistent when resizing down, tho slightly detrimental to visibility in very-small column. | ||
| 1197 | // - ClipRect.Max.x: using MaxX makes it easier for header to receive hover highlight with no discontinuity and display sorting arrow. | ||
| 1198 | // - FIXME-TABLE: We want equal width columns to have equal (ClipRect.Max.x - WorkMinX) width, which means ClipRect.max.x cannot stray off host_clip_rect.Max.x else right-most column may appear shorter. | ||
| 1199 | const float previous_instance_work_min_x = column->WorkMinX; | ||
| 1200 | column->WorkMinX = column->MinX + table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX1; | ||
| 1201 | column->WorkMaxX = column->MaxX - table->CellPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX2; // Expected max | ||
| 1202 | column->ItemWidth = ImTrunc(column->WidthGiven * 0.65f); | ||
| 1203 | column->ClipRect.Min.x = column->MinX; | ||
| 1204 | column->ClipRect.Min.y = work_rect.Min.y; | ||
| 1205 | column->ClipRect.Max.x = column->MaxX; //column->WorkMaxX; | ||
| 1206 | column->ClipRect.Max.y = FLT_MAX; | ||
| 1207 | column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_clip_rect); | ||
| 1208 | |||
| 1209 | // Mark column as Clipped (not in sight) | ||
| 1210 | // Note that scrolling tables (where inner_window != outer_window) handle Y clipped earlier in BeginTable() so IsVisibleY really only applies to non-scrolling tables. | ||
| 1211 | // FIXME-TABLE: Because InnerClipRect.Max.y is conservatively ==outer_window->ClipRect.Max.y, we never can mark columns _Above_ the scroll line as not IsVisibleY. | ||
| 1212 | // Taking advantage of LastOuterHeight would yield good results there... | ||
| 1213 | // FIXME-TABLE: Y clipping is disabled because it effectively means not submitting will reduce contents width which is fed to outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, | ||
| 1214 | // and this may be used (e.g. typically by outer_window using AlwaysAutoResize or outer_window's horizontal scrollbar, but could be something else). | ||
| 1215 | // Possible solution to preserve last known content width for clipped column. Test 'table_reported_size' fails when enabling Y clipping and window is resized small. | ||
| 1216 | column->IsVisibleX = (column->ClipRect.Max.x > column->ClipRect.Min.x); | ||
| 1217 | column->IsVisibleY = true; // (column->ClipRect.Max.y > column->ClipRect.Min.y); | ||
| 1218 | const bool is_visible = column->IsVisibleX; //&& column->IsVisibleY; | ||
| 1219 | if (is_visible) | ||
| 1220 | ImBitArraySetBit(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n); | ||
| 1221 | |||
| 1222 | // Mark column as requesting output from user. Note that fixed + non-resizable sets are auto-fitting at all times and therefore always request output. | ||
| 1223 | column->IsRequestOutput = is_visible || column->AutoFitQueue != 0 || column->CannotSkipItemsQueue != 0; | ||
| 1224 | |||
| 1225 | // Mark column as SkipItems (ignoring all items/layout) | ||
| 1226 | // (table->HostSkipItems is a copy of inner_window->SkipItems before we cleared it above in Part 2) | ||
| 1227 | column->IsSkipItems = !column->IsEnabled || table->HostSkipItems; | ||
| 1228 | if (column->IsSkipItems) | ||
| 1229 | IM_ASSERT(!is_visible); | ||
| 1230 | if (column->IsRequestOutput && !column->IsSkipItems) | ||
| 1231 | has_at_least_one_column_requesting_output = true; | ||
| 1232 | |||
| 1233 | // Update status flags | ||
| 1234 | column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled; | ||
| 1235 | if (is_visible) | ||
| 1236 | column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible; | ||
| 1237 | if (column->SortOrder != -1) | ||
| 1238 | column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted; | ||
| 1239 | |||
| 1240 | // Detect hovered column | ||
| 1241 | if (is_hovering_table && mouse_skewed_x >= column->ClipRect.Min.x && mouse_skewed_x < column->ClipRect.Max.x) | ||
| 1242 | { | ||
| 1243 | column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered; | ||
| 1244 | table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; | ||
| 1245 | } | ||
| 1246 | |||
| 1247 | // Alignment | ||
| 1248 | // FIXME-TABLE: This align based on the whole column width, not per-cell, and therefore isn't useful in | ||
| 1249 | // many cases (to be able to honor this we might be able to store a log of cells width, per row, for | ||
| 1250 | // visible rows, but nav/programmatic scroll would have visible artifacts.) | ||
| 1251 | //if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignRight) | ||
| 1252 | // column->WorkMinX = ImMax(column->WorkMinX, column->MaxX - column->ContentWidthRowsUnfrozen); | ||
| 1253 | //else if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignCenter) | ||
| 1254 | // column->WorkMinX = ImLerp(column->WorkMinX, ImMax(column->StartX, column->MaxX - column->ContentWidthRowsUnfrozen), 0.5f); | ||
| 1255 | |||
| 1256 | // Reset content width variables | ||
| 1257 | if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0) | ||
| 1258 | { | ||
| 1259 | column->ContentMaxXFrozen = column->WorkMinX; | ||
| 1260 | column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen = column->WorkMinX; | ||
| 1261 | column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = column->WorkMinX; | ||
| 1262 | column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = column->WorkMinX; | ||
| 1263 | } | ||
| 1264 | else | ||
| 1265 | { | ||
| 1266 | // As we store an absolute value to make per-cell updates faster, we need to offset values used for width computation. | ||
| 1267 | const float offset_from_previous_instance = column->WorkMinX - previous_instance_work_min_x; | ||
| 1268 | column->ContentMaxXFrozen += offset_from_previous_instance; | ||
| 1269 | column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen += offset_from_previous_instance; | ||
| 1270 | column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed += offset_from_previous_instance; | ||
| 1271 | column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal += offset_from_previous_instance; | ||
| 1272 | } | ||
| 1273 | |||
| 1274 | // Don't decrement auto-fit counters until container window got a chance to submit its items | ||
| 1275 | if (table->HostSkipItems == false && table->InstanceCurrent == 0) | ||
| 1276 | { | ||
| 1277 | column->AutoFitQueue >>= 1; | ||
| 1278 | column->CannotSkipItemsQueue >>= 1; | ||
| 1279 | } | ||
| 1280 | |||
| 1281 | if (order_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount) | ||
| 1282 | host_clip_rect.Min.x = ImClamp(column->MaxX + TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, host_clip_rect.Min.x, host_clip_rect.Max.x); | ||
| 1283 | |||
| 1284 | offset_x += column->WidthGiven + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2 + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; | ||
| 1285 | } | ||
| 1286 | |||
| 1287 | // In case the table is visible (e.g. decorations) but all columns clipped, we keep a column visible. | ||
| 1288 | // Else if give no chance to a clipper-savvy user to submit rows and therefore total contents height used by scrollbar. | ||
| 1289 | if (has_at_least_one_column_requesting_output == false) | ||
| 1290 | { | ||
| 1291 | table->Columns[table->LeftMostEnabledColumn].IsRequestOutput = true; | ||
| 1292 | table->Columns[table->LeftMostEnabledColumn].IsSkipItems = false; | ||
| 1293 | } | ||
| 1294 | |||
| 1295 | // [Part 7] Detect/store when we are hovering the unused space after the right-most column (so e.g. context menus can react on it) | ||
| 1296 | // Clear Resizable flag if none of our column are actually resizable (either via an explicit _NoResize flag, either | ||
| 1297 | // because of using _WidthAuto/_WidthStretch). This will hide the resizing option from the context menu. | ||
| 1298 | const float unused_x1 = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Min.x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].ClipRect.Max.x); | ||
| 1299 | if (is_hovering_table && table->HoveredColumnBody == -1) | ||
| 1300 | if (mouse_skewed_x >= unused_x1) | ||
| 1301 | table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns_count; | ||
| 1302 | if (has_resizable == false && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)) | ||
| 1303 | table->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; | ||
| 1304 | |||
| 1305 | table->IsActiveIdAliveBeforeTable = (g.ActiveIdIsAlive != 0); | ||
| 1306 | |||
| 1307 | // [Part 8] Lock actual OuterRect/WorkRect right-most position. | ||
| 1308 | // This is done late to handle the case of fixed-columns tables not claiming more widths that they need. | ||
| 1309 | // Because of this we are careful with uses of WorkRect and InnerClipRect before this point. | ||
| 1310 | if (table->RightMostStretchedColumn != -1) | ||
| 1311 | table->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX; | ||
| 1312 | if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) | ||
| 1313 | { | ||
| 1314 | table->OuterRect.Max.x = table->WorkRect.Max.x = unused_x1; | ||
| 1315 | table->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.x, unused_x1); | ||
| 1316 | } | ||
| 1317 | table->InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect = table->WorkRect; | ||
| 1318 | table->BorderX1 = table->InnerClipRect.Min.x; | ||
| 1319 | table->BorderX2 = table->InnerClipRect.Max.x; | ||
| 1320 | |||
| 1321 | // Setup window's WorkRect.Max.y for GetContentRegionAvail(). Other values will be updated in each TableBeginCell() call. | ||
| 1322 | float window_content_max_y; | ||
| 1323 | if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) | ||
| 1324 | window_content_max_y = table->OuterRect.Max.y; | ||
| 1325 | else | ||
| 1326 | window_content_max_y = ImMax(table->InnerWindow->ContentRegionRect.Max.y, (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? 0.0f : table->OuterRect.Max.y); | ||
| 1327 | table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Max.y = ImClamp(window_content_max_y - g.Style.CellPadding.y, table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Min.y, table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Max.y); | ||
| 1328 | |||
| 1329 | // [Part 9] Allocate draw channels and setup background cliprect | ||
| 1330 | TableSetupDrawChannels(table); | ||
| 1331 | |||
| 1332 | // [Part 10] Hit testing on borders | ||
| 1333 | if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) | ||
| 1334 | TableUpdateBorders(table); | ||
| 1335 | table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight = 0.0f; | ||
| 1336 | table->IsLayoutLocked = true; | ||
| 1337 | table->IsUsingHeaders = false; | ||
| 1338 | |||
| 1339 | // Highlight header | ||
| 1340 | table->HighlightColumnHeader = -1; | ||
| 1341 | if (table->IsContextPopupOpen && table->ContextPopupColumn != -1 && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent) | ||
| 1342 | table->HighlightColumnHeader = table->ContextPopupColumn; | ||
| 1343 | else if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn) && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && table->HoveredColumnBody != columns_count && table->HoveredColumnBorder == -1) | ||
| 1344 | if (g.ActiveId == 0 || (table->IsActiveIdInTable || g.DragDropActive)) | ||
| 1345 | table->HighlightColumnHeader = table->HoveredColumnBody; | ||
| 1346 | |||
| 1347 | // [Part 11] Default context menu | ||
| 1348 | // - To append to this menu: you can call TableBeginContextMenuPopup()/.../EndPopup(). | ||
| 1349 | // - To modify or replace this: set table->DisableDefaultContextMenu = true, then call TableBeginContextMenuPopup()/.../EndPopup(). | ||
| 1350 | // - You may call TableDrawDefaultContextMenu() with selected flags to display specific sections of the default menu, | ||
| 1351 | // e.g. TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(table, table->Flags & ~ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) will display everything EXCEPT columns visibility options. | ||
| 1352 | if (table->DisableDefaultContextMenu == false && TableBeginContextMenuPopup(table)) | ||
| 1353 | { | ||
| 1354 | TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(table, table->Flags); | ||
| 1355 | EndPopup(); | ||
| 1356 | } | ||
| 1357 | |||
| 1358 | // [Part 12] Sanitize and build sort specs before we have a chance to use them for display. | ||
| 1359 | // This path will only be exercised when sort specs are modified before header rows (e.g. init or visibility change) | ||
| 1360 | if (table->IsSortSpecsDirty && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) | ||
| 1361 | TableSortSpecsBuild(table); | ||
| 1362 | |||
| 1363 | // [Part 13] Setup inner window decoration size (for scrolling / nav tracking to properly take account of frozen rows/columns) | ||
| 1364 | if (table->FreezeColumnsRequest > 0) | ||
| 1365 | table->InnerWindow->DecoInnerSizeX1 = table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->FreezeColumnsRequest - 1]].MaxX - table->OuterRect.Min.x; // FIXME-FROZEN | ||
| 1366 | if (table->FreezeRowsRequest > 0) | ||
| 1367 | table->InnerWindow->DecoInnerSizeY1 = table_instance->LastFrozenHeight; | ||
| 1368 | table_instance->LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; | ||
| 1369 | |||
| 1370 | ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; | ||
| 1371 | ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = &g.BoxSelectState; | ||
| 1372 | if (bs->Window == inner_window && bs->UnclipMode) | ||
| 1373 | TableApplyExternalUnclipRect(table, bs->UnclipRect); | ||
| 1374 | |||
| 1375 | // Initial state | ||
| 1376 | if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) | ||
| 1377 | table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP); | ||
| 1378 | else | ||
| 1379 | inner_window->DrawList->PushClipRect(inner_window->InnerClipRect.Min, inner_window->InnerClipRect.Max, false); // FIXME: use table->InnerClipRect? | ||
| 1380 | } | ||
| 1381 | |||
| 1382 | // When starting a BeginMultiSelect() after table has been layout we update IsRequestOutput fields. | ||
| 1383 | void ImGui::TableApplyExternalUnclipRect(ImGuiTable* table, ImRect& rect) | ||
| 1384 | { | ||
| 1385 | if (rect.IsInverted()) | ||
| 1386 | return; | ||
| 1387 | for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) | ||
| 1388 | { | ||
| 1389 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 1390 | if (!column->IsRequestOutput) | ||
| 1391 | if (rect.Overlaps(ImRect(column->MinX, table->WorkRect.Min.y, column->MaxX, FLT_MAX))) | ||
| 1392 | column->IsRequestOutput = true; | ||
| 1393 | } | ||
| 1394 | } | ||
| 1395 | |||
| 1396 | // Process hit-testing on resizing borders. Actual size change will be applied in EndTable() | ||
| 1397 | // - Set table->HoveredColumnBorder with a short delay/timer to reduce visual feedback noise. | ||
| 1398 | void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 1399 | { | ||
| 1400 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 1401 | IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); | ||
| 1402 | |||
| 1403 | // At this point OuterRect height may be zero or under actual final height, so we rely on temporal coherency and | ||
| 1404 | // use the final height from last frame. Because this is only affecting _interaction_ with columns, it is not | ||
| 1405 | // really problematic (whereas the actual visual will be displayed in EndTable() and using the current frame height). | ||
| 1406 | // Actual columns highlight/render will be performed in EndTable() and not be affected. | ||
| 1407 | ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); | ||
| 1408 | const float hit_half_width = ImTrunc(TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale); | ||
| 1409 | const float hit_y1 = (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->OuterRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table->AngledHeadersHeight; | ||
| 1410 | const float hit_y2_body = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, hit_y1 + table_instance->LastOuterHeight - table->AngledHeadersHeight); | ||
| 1411 | const float hit_y2_head = hit_y1 + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight; | ||
| 1412 | |||
| 1413 | for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) | ||
| 1414 | { | ||
| 1415 | if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n)) | ||
| 1416 | continue; | ||
| 1417 | |||
| 1418 | const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; | ||
| 1419 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 1420 | if (column->Flags & (ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_)) | ||
| 1421 | continue; | ||
| 1422 | |||
| 1423 | // ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize will be honored in TableDrawBorders() | ||
| 1424 | const float border_y2_hit = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody) ? hit_y2_head : hit_y2_body; | ||
| 1425 | if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody) && table->IsUsingHeaders == false) | ||
| 1426 | continue; | ||
| 1427 | |||
| 1428 | if (!column->IsVisibleX && table->LastResizedColumn != column_n) | ||
| 1429 | continue; | ||
| 1430 | |||
| 1431 | ImGuiID column_id = TableGetColumnResizeID(table, column_n, table->InstanceCurrent); | ||
| 1432 | ImRect hit_rect(column->MaxX - hit_half_width, hit_y1, column->MaxX + hit_half_width, border_y2_hit); | ||
| 1433 | ItemAdd(hit_rect, column_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); | ||
| 1434 | //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(hit_rect.Min, hit_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100)); | ||
| 1435 | |||
| 1436 | bool hovered = false, held = false; | ||
| 1437 | bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); | ||
| 1438 | if (pressed && IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) | ||
| 1439 | { | ||
| 1440 | TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n); | ||
| 1441 | ClearActiveID(); | ||
| 1442 | held = false; | ||
| 1443 | } | ||
| 1444 | if (held) | ||
| 1445 | { | ||
| 1446 | if (table->LastResizedColumn == -1) | ||
| 1447 | table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2 = table->RightMostEnabledColumn != -1 ? table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].MaxX : -FLT_MAX; | ||
| 1448 | table->ResizedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; | ||
| 1449 | table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent; | ||
| 1450 | } | ||
| 1451 | if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held) | ||
| 1452 | { | ||
| 1453 | table->HoveredColumnBorder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; | ||
| 1454 | SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW); | ||
| 1455 | } | ||
| 1456 | } | ||
| 1457 | } | ||
| 1458 | |||
| 1459 | void ImGui::EndTable() | ||
| 1460 | { | ||
| 1461 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 1462 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 1463 | IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR_RET(table != NULL, "EndTable() call should only be done while in BeginTable() scope!"); | ||
| 1464 | |||
| 1465 | // This assert would be very useful to catch a common error... unfortunately it would probably trigger in some | ||
| 1466 | // cases, and for consistency user may sometimes output empty tables (and still benefit from e.g. outer border) | ||
| 1467 | //IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked && "Table unused: never called TableNextRow(), is that the intent?"); | ||
| 1468 | |||
| 1469 | // If the user never got to call TableNextRow() or TableNextColumn(), we call layout ourselves to ensure all our | ||
| 1470 | // code paths are consistent (instead of just hoping that TableBegin/TableEnd will work), get borders drawn, etc. | ||
| 1471 | if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) | ||
| 1472 | TableUpdateLayout(table); | ||
| 1473 | |||
| 1474 | const ImGuiTableFlags flags = table->Flags; | ||
| 1475 | ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; | ||
| 1476 | ImGuiWindow* outer_window = table->OuterWindow; | ||
| 1477 | ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData; | ||
| 1478 | IM_ASSERT(inner_window == g.CurrentWindow && inner_window->ID == temp_data->WindowID); | ||
| 1479 | IM_ASSERT(outer_window == inner_window || outer_window == inner_window->ParentWindow); | ||
| 1480 | |||
| 1481 | if (table->IsInsideRow) | ||
| 1482 | TableEndRow(table); | ||
| 1483 | |||
| 1484 | // Context menu in columns body | ||
| 1485 | if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody) | ||
| 1486 | if (table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && !IsAnyItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right)) | ||
| 1487 | TableOpenContextMenu((int)table->HoveredColumnBody); | ||
| 1488 | |||
| 1489 | // Finalize table height | ||
| 1490 | ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); | ||
| 1491 | inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = temp_data->HostBackupPrevLineSize; | ||
| 1492 | inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = temp_data->HostBackupCurrLineSize; | ||
| 1493 | inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos = temp_data->HostBackupCursorMaxPos; | ||
| 1494 | const float inner_content_max_y = ImCeil(table->RowPosY2); // Rounding final position is important as we currently don't round row height ('Demo->Tables->Outer Size' demo uses non-integer heights) | ||
| 1495 | IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY2 == inner_window->DC.CursorPos.y); | ||
| 1496 | if (inner_window != outer_window) | ||
| 1497 | inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = inner_content_max_y; | ||
| 1498 | else if (!(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY)) | ||
| 1499 | table->OuterRect.Max.y = table->InnerRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y); // Patch OuterRect/InnerRect height | ||
| 1500 | table->WorkRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Max.y); | ||
| 1501 | table_instance->LastOuterHeight = table->OuterRect.GetHeight(); | ||
| 1502 | |||
| 1503 | // Setup inner scrolling range | ||
| 1504 | // FIXME: This ideally should be done earlier, in BeginTable() SetNextWindowContentSize call, just like writing to inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, | ||
| 1505 | // but since the later is likely to be impossible to do we'd rather update both axes together. | ||
| 1506 | if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) | ||
| 1507 | { | ||
| 1508 | const float outer_padding_for_border = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f; | ||
| 1509 | float max_pos_x = inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x; | ||
| 1510 | if (table->RightMostEnabledColumn != -1) | ||
| 1511 | max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].WorkMaxX + table->CellPaddingX + table->OuterPaddingX - outer_padding_for_border); | ||
| 1512 | if (table->ResizedColumn != -1) | ||
| 1513 | max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2); | ||
| 1514 | inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = max_pos_x + table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth; | ||
| 1515 | } | ||
| 1516 | |||
| 1517 | // Pop clipping rect | ||
| 1518 | if (!(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip)) | ||
| 1519 | inner_window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); | ||
| 1520 | inner_window->ClipRect = inner_window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back(); | ||
| 1521 | |||
| 1522 | // Draw borders | ||
| 1523 | if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Borders) != 0) | ||
| 1524 | TableDrawBorders(table); | ||
| 1525 | |||
| 1526 | #if 0 | ||
| 1527 | // Strip out dummy channel draw calls | ||
| 1528 | // We have no way to prevent user submitting direct ImDrawList calls into a hidden column (but ImGui:: calls will be clipped out) | ||
| 1529 | // Pros: remove draw calls which will have no effect. since they'll have zero-size cliprect they may be early out anyway. | ||
| 1530 | // Cons: making it harder for users watching metrics/debugger to spot the wasted vertices. | ||
| 1531 | if (table->DummyDrawChannel != (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)-1) | ||
| 1532 | { | ||
| 1533 | ImDrawChannel* dummy_channel = &table->DrawSplitter._Channels[table->DummyDrawChannel]; | ||
| 1534 | dummy_channel->_CmdBuffer.resize(0); | ||
| 1535 | dummy_channel->_IdxBuffer.resize(0); | ||
| 1536 | } | ||
| 1537 | #endif | ||
| 1538 | |||
| 1539 | // Flatten channels and merge draw calls | ||
| 1540 | ImDrawListSplitter* splitter = table->DrawSplitter; | ||
| 1541 | splitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, 0); | ||
| 1542 | if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) == 0) | ||
| 1543 | TableMergeDrawChannels(table); | ||
| 1544 | splitter->Merge(inner_window->DrawList); | ||
| 1545 | |||
| 1546 | // Update ColumnsAutoFitWidth to get us ahead for host using our size to auto-resize without waiting for next BeginTable() | ||
| 1547 | float auto_fit_width_for_fixed = 0.0f; | ||
| 1548 | float auto_fit_width_for_stretched = 0.0f; | ||
| 1549 | float auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min = 0.0f; | ||
| 1550 | for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) | ||
| 1551 | if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n)) | ||
| 1552 | { | ||
| 1553 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 1554 | float column_width_request = ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) ? column->WidthRequest : TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column); | ||
| 1555 | if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) | ||
| 1556 | auto_fit_width_for_fixed += column_width_request; | ||
| 1557 | else | ||
| 1558 | auto_fit_width_for_stretched += column_width_request; | ||
| 1559 | if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) != 0) | ||
| 1560 | auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min = ImMax(auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min, column_width_request / (column->StretchWeight / table->ColumnsStretchSumWeights)); | ||
| 1561 | } | ||
| 1562 | const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1); | ||
| 1563 | table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount + auto_fit_width_for_fixed + ImMax(auto_fit_width_for_stretched, auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min); | ||
| 1564 | |||
| 1565 | // Update scroll | ||
| 1566 | if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0 && inner_window != outer_window) | ||
| 1567 | { | ||
| 1568 | inner_window->Scroll.x = 0.0f; | ||
| 1569 | } | ||
| 1570 | else if (table->LastResizedColumn != -1 && table->ResizedColumn == -1 && inner_window->ScrollbarX && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent) | ||
| 1571 | { | ||
| 1572 | // When releasing a column being resized, scroll to keep the resulting column in sight | ||
| 1573 | const float neighbor_width_to_keep_visible = table->MinColumnWidth + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; | ||
| 1574 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->LastResizedColumn]; | ||
| 1575 | if (column->MaxX < table->InnerClipRect.Min.x) | ||
| 1576 | SetScrollFromPosX(inner_window, column->MaxX - inner_window->Pos.x - neighbor_width_to_keep_visible, 1.0f); | ||
| 1577 | else if (column->MaxX > table->InnerClipRect.Max.x) | ||
| 1578 | SetScrollFromPosX(inner_window, column->MaxX - inner_window->Pos.x + neighbor_width_to_keep_visible, 1.0f); | ||
| 1579 | } | ||
| 1580 | |||
| 1581 | // Apply resizing/dragging at the end of the frame | ||
| 1582 | if (table->ResizedColumn != -1 && table->InstanceCurrent == table->InstanceInteracted) | ||
| 1583 | { | ||
| 1584 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->ResizedColumn]; | ||
| 1585 | const float new_x2 = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + ImTrunc(TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale)); | ||
| 1586 | const float new_width = ImTrunc(new_x2 - column->MinX - table->CellSpacingX1 - table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f); | ||
| 1587 | table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = new_width; | ||
| 1588 | } | ||
| 1589 | |||
| 1590 | table->IsActiveIdInTable = (g.ActiveIdIsAlive != 0 && table->IsActiveIdAliveBeforeTable == false); | ||
| 1591 | |||
| 1592 | // Pop from id stack | ||
| 1593 | IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(inner_window->IDStack.back() == table_instance->TableInstanceID, "Mismatching PushID/PopID!"); | ||
| 1594 | IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size >= temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize, "Too many PopItemWidth!"); | ||
| 1595 | if (table->InstanceCurrent > 0) | ||
| 1596 | PopID(); | ||
| 1597 | PopID(); | ||
| 1598 | |||
| 1599 | // Restore window data that we modified | ||
| 1600 | const ImVec2 backup_outer_max_pos = outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos; | ||
| 1601 | inner_window->WorkRect = temp_data->HostBackupWorkRect; | ||
| 1602 | inner_window->ParentWorkRect = temp_data->HostBackupParentWorkRect; | ||
| 1603 | inner_window->SkipItems = table->HostSkipItems; | ||
| 1604 | outer_window->DC.CursorPos = table->OuterRect.Min; | ||
| 1605 | outer_window->DC.ItemWidth = temp_data->HostBackupItemWidth; | ||
| 1606 | outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size = temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize; | ||
| 1607 | outer_window->DC.ColumnsOffset = temp_data->HostBackupColumnsOffset; | ||
| 1608 | |||
| 1609 | // Layout in outer window | ||
| 1610 | // (FIXME: To allow auto-fit and allow desirable effect of SameLine() we dissociate 'used' vs 'ideal' size by overriding | ||
| 1611 | // CursorPosPrevLine and CursorMaxPos manually. That should be a more general layout feature, see same problem e.g. #3414) | ||
| 1612 | if (inner_window != outer_window) | ||
| 1613 | { | ||
| 1614 | short backup_nav_layers_active_mask = inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask; | ||
| 1615 | inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask |= 1 << table->NavLayer; // So empty table don't appear to navigate differently. | ||
| 1616 | g.CurrentTable = NULL; // To avoid error recovery recursing | ||
| 1617 | EndChild(); | ||
| 1618 | g.CurrentTable = table; | ||
| 1619 | inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = backup_nav_layers_active_mask; | ||
| 1620 | } | ||
| 1621 | else | ||
| 1622 | { | ||
| 1623 | inner_window->DC.TreeDepth--; | ||
| 1624 | ItemSize(table->OuterRect.GetSize()); | ||
| 1625 | ItemAdd(table->OuterRect, 0); | ||
| 1626 | } | ||
| 1627 | |||
| 1628 | // Override declared contents width/height to enable auto-resize while not needlessly adding a scrollbar | ||
| 1629 | if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) | ||
| 1630 | { | ||
| 1631 | // FIXME-TABLE: Could we remove this section? | ||
| 1632 | // ColumnsAutoFitWidth may be one frame ahead here since for Fixed+NoResize is calculated from latest contents | ||
| 1633 | IM_ASSERT((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0); | ||
| 1634 | outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth); | ||
| 1635 | } | ||
| 1636 | else if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.x <= 0.0f) | ||
| 1637 | { | ||
| 1638 | // Some references for this: #7651 + tests "table_reported_size", "table_reported_size_outer" equivalent Y block, #9352 | ||
| 1639 | // - FIXME-TABLE: Would make sense to pre-compute expected scrollbar visibility/sizes to generally save a frame of feedback? See broken test in 'table_reported_size_outer' | ||
| 1640 | const float outer_content_max_x = table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth; | ||
| 1641 | const float decoration_size = table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth + ((inner_window != outer_window) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f); | ||
| 1642 | outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, outer_content_max_x + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.x); | ||
| 1643 | outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.x, outer_content_max_x + decoration_size)); | ||
| 1644 | } | ||
| 1645 | else | ||
| 1646 | { | ||
| 1647 | outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, table->OuterRect.Max.x); | ||
| 1648 | } | ||
| 1649 | if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.y <= 0.0f) | ||
| 1650 | { | ||
| 1651 | // (same comment as above) | ||
| 1652 | const float outer_content_size_y = (inner_window == outer_window) ? (inner_content_max_y - table->InnerRect.Min.y) : (inner_content_max_y - inner_window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); | ||
| 1653 | const float outer_content_max_y = table->OuterRect.Min.y + outer_content_size_y; | ||
| 1654 | const float decoration_size = (inner_window != outer_window ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.y : 0.0f); | ||
| 1655 | outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y, outer_content_max_y + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.y); | ||
| 1656 | outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.y, outer_content_max_y + decoration_size)); | ||
| 1657 | } | ||
| 1658 | else | ||
| 1659 | { | ||
| 1660 | // OuterRect.Max.y may already have been pushed downward from the initial value (unless ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY is set) | ||
| 1661 | outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, table->OuterRect.Max.y); | ||
| 1662 | } | ||
| 1663 | |||
| 1664 | // Save settings | ||
| 1665 | if (table->IsSettingsDirty) | ||
| 1666 | TableSaveSettings(table); | ||
| 1667 | table->IsInitializing = false; | ||
| 1668 | |||
| 1669 | // Clear or restore current table, if any | ||
| 1670 | IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == outer_window && g.CurrentTable == table); | ||
| 1671 | IM_ASSERT(g.TablesTempDataStacked > 0); | ||
| 1672 | temp_data = (--g.TablesTempDataStacked > 0) ? &g.TablesTempData[g.TablesTempDataStacked - 1] : NULL; | ||
| 1673 | g.CurrentTable = temp_data && (temp_data->WindowID == outer_window->ID) ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(temp_data->TableIndex) : NULL; | ||
| 1674 | if (g.CurrentTable) | ||
| 1675 | { | ||
| 1676 | g.CurrentTable->TempData = temp_data; | ||
| 1677 | g.CurrentTable->DrawSplitter = &temp_data->DrawSplitter; | ||
| 1678 | } | ||
| 1679 | outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = g.CurrentTable ? g.Tables.GetIndex(g.CurrentTable) : -1; | ||
| 1680 | NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); | ||
| 1681 | } | ||
| 1682 | |||
| 1683 | // Called in TableUpdateLayout() when initializing/after loading settings. | ||
| 1684 | // 'init_mask' specify which fields to initialize. | ||
| 1685 | void ImGui::TableInitColumnDefaults(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column, ImGuiTableColumnFlags init_mask) | ||
| 1686 | { | ||
| 1687 | ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = column->Flags; | ||
| 1688 | if (init_mask & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) | ||
| 1689 | { | ||
| 1690 | float init_width_or_weight = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth; | ||
| 1691 | column->WidthRequest = ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) ? init_width_or_weight : -1.0f; | ||
| 1692 | column->StretchWeight = (init_width_or_weight > 0.0f && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) ? init_width_or_weight : -1.0f; | ||
| 1693 | if (init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) // Disable auto-fit if an explicit width/weight has been specified | ||
| 1694 | column->AutoFitQueue = 0x00; | ||
| 1695 | } | ||
| 1696 | if (init_mask & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) | ||
| 1697 | column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) ? -1 : table->Columns.index_from_ptr(column)); | ||
| 1698 | if (init_mask & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) | ||
| 1699 | column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) ? 0 : 1; | ||
| 1700 | if (init_mask & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) | ||
| 1701 | { | ||
| 1702 | // Multiple columns using _DefaultSort will be reassigned unique SortOrder values when building the sort specs. | ||
| 1703 | column->SortOrder = (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort) ? 0 : -1; | ||
| 1704 | column->SortDirection = (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort) ? ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) ? (ImS8)ImGuiSortDirection_Descending : (ImU8)(ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending)) : (ImS8)ImGuiSortDirection_None; | ||
| 1705 | } | ||
| 1706 | } | ||
| 1707 | |||
| 1708 | // See "COLUMNS SIZING POLICIES" comments at the top of this file | ||
| 1709 | // If (init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f) it is ignored | ||
| 1710 | static void TableSetupColumnApply(ImGuiTable* table, int idx, ImGuiID id, ImS16 name_offset, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, float init_width_or_weight, ImGuiID user_data) | ||
| 1711 | { | ||
| 1712 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[idx]; | ||
| 1713 | |||
| 1714 | // Assert when passing a width or weight if policy is entirely left to default, to avoid storing width into weight and vice-versa. | ||
| 1715 | // Give a grace to users of ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX. | ||
| 1716 | if (table->IsDefaultSizingPolicy && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0) | ||
| 1717 | IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR_RET(init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f, "TableSetupColumn(): can only specify width/weight if sizing policy is set explicitly in either Table or Column."); | ||
| 1718 | |||
| 1719 | // When passing a width automatically enforce WidthFixed policy | ||
| 1720 | // (whereas TableSetupColumnFlags would default to WidthAuto if table is not resizable) | ||
| 1721 | if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) | ||
| 1722 | if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit || (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) | ||
| 1723 | flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed; | ||
| 1724 | if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) | ||
| 1725 | { | ||
| 1726 | flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel; | ||
| 1727 | table->AngledHeadersCount++; | ||
| 1728 | } | ||
| 1729 | |||
| 1730 | TableSetupColumnFlags(table, column, flags); | ||
| 1731 | column->ID = id; | ||
| 1732 | column->UserData = user_data; | ||
| 1733 | column->NameOffset = name_offset; | ||
| 1734 | column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth = init_width_or_weight; | ||
| 1735 | } | ||
| 1736 | |||
| 1737 | void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, float init_width_or_weight, ImGuiID user_data) | ||
| 1738 | { | ||
| 1739 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 1740 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 1741 | IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR_RET(table != NULL, "Call should only be done while in BeginTable() scope!"); | ||
| 1742 | IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR_RET(table->DeclColumnsCount < table->ColumnsCount, "TableSetupColumn(): called too many times!"); | ||
| 1743 | IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR_RET(table->IsLayoutLocked == false, "TableSetupColumn(): need to call before first row!"); // Table layout is locked when submitting a row or when calling BeginMultiSelect() with box-select. | ||
| 1744 | IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_) == 0 && "Illegal to pass StatusMask values to TableSetupColumn()"); | ||
| 1745 | |||
| 1746 | // Store name (append with zero-terminator in contiguous buffer) | ||
| 1747 | // FIXME: If we recorded the number of \n in names we could compute header row height | ||
| 1748 | ImS16 name_offset = -1; | ||
| 1749 | if (label != NULL && label[0] != 0) | ||
| 1750 | { | ||
| 1751 | name_offset = (ImS16)table->ColumnsNames.size(); | ||
| 1752 | table->ColumnsNames.append(label, label + ImStrlen(label) + 1); | ||
| 1753 | } | ||
| 1754 | const ImGuiID column_id = (label != NULL && label[0] != 0) ? ImHashStr(label) : 0; | ||
| 1755 | |||
| 1756 | // When ID changed or a column moved: defer the request until layout where we will process full reconcile. | ||
| 1757 | const int column_idx = table->DeclColumnsCount++; | ||
| 1758 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_idx]; | ||
| 1759 | |||
| 1760 | // If topology change goes into reconcile mode | ||
| 1761 | if (table->IsReconcileMode == false && column->ID != column_id) | ||
| 1762 | { | ||
| 1763 | table->IsReconcileMode = true; | ||
| 1764 | table->TempData->ReconcileColumnsRequests.reserve(table->ColumnsCount - column_idx); | ||
| 1765 | } | ||
| 1766 | |||
| 1767 | // Fast/common path | ||
| 1768 | if (table->IsReconcileMode == false) | ||
| 1769 | { | ||
| 1770 | TableSetupColumnApply(table, column_idx, column_id, name_offset, flags, init_width_or_weight, user_data); | ||
| 1771 | column->IsNeedReconcileSrc = column->IsNeedReconcileDst = false; | ||
| 1772 | if (column_idx < table->TempData->OldColumnsData.size()) | ||
| 1773 | table->TempData->OldColumnsData[column_idx].IsNeedReconcileSrc = false; | ||
| 1774 | return; | ||
| 1775 | } | ||
| 1776 | |||
| 1777 | // Reconcile path: defer applying data to TableUpdateLayout() -> TableReconcileMovedColumns() -> TableSetupColumnApply(). | ||
| 1778 | // On column count change: search the previous columns: | ||
| 1779 | // - the live Columns[] array is truncated on shrink, so a moved column may only exist in old data. | ||
| 1780 | // - the live Columns[] array may already be partially reset. | ||
| 1781 | table->TempData->ReconcileColumnsRequests.push_back(ImGuiTableReconcileColumnData()); | ||
| 1782 | ImGuiTableReconcileColumnData& reconcile_data = table->TempData->ReconcileColumnsRequests.back(); | ||
| 1783 | reconcile_data.ID = column_id; | ||
| 1784 | reconcile_data.NameOffset = name_offset; | ||
| 1785 | reconcile_data.Flags = flags; | ||
| 1786 | reconcile_data.InitWidthOrWeight = init_width_or_weight; | ||
| 1787 | reconcile_data.UserData = user_data; | ||
| 1788 | reconcile_data.ColumnNewIdx = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_idx; | ||
| 1789 | reconcile_data.ColumnOldIdx = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)-1; | ||
| 1790 | column->NameOffset = name_offset; // Allow TableGetColumnName() to work before layout | ||
| 1791 | column->IsNeedReconcileSrc = column->IsNeedReconcileDst = true; | ||
| 1792 | } | ||
| 1793 | |||
| 1794 | // NB: This was written to be similar to the logic in TableLoadSettingsForColumns(). | ||
| 1795 | void ImGui::TableReconcileColumns(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 1796 | { | ||
| 1797 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 1798 | ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData; | ||
| 1799 | IM_UNUSED(g); | ||
| 1800 | IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_TABLE("[table] Reconcile columns for table 0x%08X\n", table->ID); | ||
| 1801 | |||
| 1802 | ImSpan<ImGuiTableColumn>& dst_columns = table->Columns; | ||
| 1803 | ImSpan<ImGuiTableColumn>& src_columns = table->TempData->OldColumnsData.empty() ? table->Columns : table->TempData->OldColumnsData; | ||
| 1804 | |||
| 1805 | // Find matches for named columns. | ||
| 1806 | int matches = 0; | ||
| 1807 | ImVector<ImGuiTableReconcileColumnData>& reconcile_requests = temp_data->ReconcileColumnsRequests; | ||
| 1808 | for (ImGuiTableReconcileColumnData& reconcile_data : reconcile_requests) | ||
| 1809 | if (reconcile_data.ID != 0) | ||
| 1810 | for (ImGuiTableColumn& src_column : src_columns) | ||
| 1811 | if (src_column.ID == reconcile_data.ID && src_column.IsNeedReconcileSrc) | ||
| 1812 | { | ||
| 1813 | ImGuiTableColumn& dst_column = dst_columns[reconcile_data.ColumnNewIdx]; | ||
| 1814 | IM_ASSERT(src_column.IsNeedReconcileSrc && dst_column.IsNeedReconcileDst); | ||
| 1815 | src_column.IsNeedReconcileSrc = dst_column.IsNeedReconcileDst = false; | ||
| 1816 | reconcile_data.ColumnOldIdx = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)src_columns.index_from_ptr(&src_column); | ||
| 1817 | reconcile_data.ColumnOldData = src_column; | ||
| 1818 | matches++; | ||
| 1819 | break; | ||
| 1820 | } | ||
| 1821 | |||
| 1822 | // Remaining entries are matched sequentially. | ||
| 1823 | int dst_idx = 0; // index in reconcile array | ||
| 1824 | if (matches != reconcile_requests.Size) | ||
| 1825 | for (ImGuiTableColumn& src_column : src_columns) | ||
| 1826 | { | ||
| 1827 | if (!src_column.IsNeedReconcileSrc) | ||
| 1828 | continue; | ||
| 1829 | while (dst_idx < reconcile_requests.Size && reconcile_requests[dst_idx].ColumnOldIdx != (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)-1) | ||
| 1830 | dst_idx++; | ||
| 1831 | if (dst_idx == reconcile_requests.Size) | ||
| 1832 | break; | ||
| 1833 | ImGuiTableReconcileColumnData& reconcile_data = reconcile_requests[dst_idx]; | ||
| 1834 | ImGuiTableColumn& dst_column = dst_columns[reconcile_data.ColumnNewIdx]; | ||
| 1835 | IM_ASSERT(src_column.IsNeedReconcileSrc && dst_column.IsNeedReconcileDst); | ||
| 1836 | src_column.IsNeedReconcileSrc = dst_column.IsNeedReconcileDst = false; | ||
| 1837 | reconcile_data.ColumnOldIdx = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)src_columns.index_from_ptr(&src_column); | ||
| 1838 | reconcile_data.ColumnOldData = src_column; | ||
| 1839 | } | ||
| 1840 | |||
| 1841 | // Apply in the final pass. Because it is possible that src_columns == table->Columns we went through a temporary copy. | ||
| 1842 | for (ImGuiTableReconcileColumnData& reconcile_data : reconcile_requests) | ||
| 1843 | { | ||
| 1844 | table->Columns[reconcile_data.ColumnNewIdx] = reconcile_data.ColumnOldData; // When old column was not found clear anyway with default-constructed data (which will set IsJustCreated=true) | ||
| 1845 | TableSetupColumnApply(table, reconcile_data.ColumnNewIdx, reconcile_data.ID, reconcile_data.NameOffset, reconcile_data.Flags, reconcile_data.InitWidthOrWeight, reconcile_data.UserData); | ||
| 1846 | IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_TABLE("[table] - old %d -> new %d \"%s\"\n", reconcile_data.ColumnOldIdx, reconcile_data.ColumnNewIdx, TableGetColumnName(table, reconcile_data.ColumnNewIdx)); // Log at the end so NameOffset was copied. | ||
| 1847 | } | ||
| 1848 | TableFixDisplayOrder(table); | ||
| 1849 | table->IsSettingsDirty = true; // FIXME-RECONCILE: Necessary? | ||
| 1850 | table->IsReconcileMode = false; | ||
| 1851 | reconcile_requests.resize(0); // GC-ed once in NewFrame() | ||
| 1852 | } | ||
| 1853 | |||
| 1854 | // [Public] | ||
| 1855 | void ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(int columns, int rows) | ||
| 1856 | { | ||
| 1857 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 1858 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 1859 | IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR_RET(table != NULL, "Call should only be done while in BeginTable() scope!"); | ||
| 1860 | IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false && "TableSetupColumn(): need to call before first row!"); | ||
| 1861 | IM_ASSERT(columns >= 0 && columns < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS); | ||
| 1862 | IM_ASSERT(rows >= 0 && rows < 128); // Arbitrary limit | ||
| 1863 | |||
| 1864 | table->FreezeColumnsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)ImMin(columns, table->ColumnsCount) : 0; | ||
| 1865 | table->FreezeColumnsCount = (table->InnerWindow->Scroll.x != 0.0f) ? table->FreezeColumnsRequest : 0; | ||
| 1866 | table->FreezeRowsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)rows : 0; | ||
| 1867 | table->FreezeRowsCount = (table->InnerWindow->Scroll.y != 0.0f) ? table->FreezeRowsRequest : 0; | ||
| 1868 | table->IsUnfrozenRows = (table->FreezeRowsCount == 0); // Make sure this is set before TableUpdateLayout() so ImGuiListClipper can benefit from it.b | ||
| 1869 | } | ||
| 1870 | |||
| 1871 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1872 | // [SECTION] Tables: Simple accessors | ||
| 1873 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1874 | // - TableGetColumnCount() | ||
| 1875 | // - TableGetColumnName() | ||
| 1876 | // - TableGetColumnName() [Internal] | ||
| 1877 | // - TableSetColumnEnabled() | ||
| 1878 | // - TableGetColumnFlags() | ||
| 1879 | // - TableGetCellBgRect() [Internal] | ||
| 1880 | // - TableGetColumnResizeID() [Internal] | ||
| 1881 | // - TableGetHoveredColumn() [Internal] | ||
| 1882 | // - TableGetHoveredRow() [Internal] | ||
| 1883 | // - TableSetBgColor() | ||
| 1884 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1885 | |||
| 1886 | int ImGui::TableGetColumnCount() | ||
| 1887 | { | ||
| 1888 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 1889 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 1890 | return table ? table->ColumnsCount : 0; | ||
| 1891 | } | ||
| 1892 | |||
| 1893 | const char* ImGui::TableGetColumnName(int column_n) | ||
| 1894 | { | ||
| 1895 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 1896 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 1897 | if (!table) | ||
| 1898 | return NULL; | ||
| 1899 | if (column_n < 0) | ||
| 1900 | column_n = table->CurrentColumn; | ||
| 1901 | return TableGetColumnName(table, column_n); | ||
| 1902 | } | ||
| 1903 | |||
| 1904 | const char* ImGui::TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) | ||
| 1905 | { | ||
| 1906 | if (table->IsLayoutLocked == false && column_n >= table->DeclColumnsCount) | ||
| 1907 | return ""; // NameOffset is invalid at this point | ||
| 1908 | const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 1909 | if (column->NameOffset == -1) | ||
| 1910 | return ""; | ||
| 1911 | return &table->ColumnsNames.Buf[column->NameOffset]; | ||
| 1912 | } | ||
| 1913 | |||
| 1914 | // Change user accessible enabled/disabled state of a column (often perceived as "showing/hiding" from users point of view) | ||
| 1915 | // Note that end-user can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody) | ||
| 1916 | // - Require table to have the ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable flag because we are manipulating user accessible state. | ||
| 1917 | // - Request will be applied during next layout, which happens on the first call to TableNextRow() after BeginTable(). | ||
| 1918 | // - For the getter you can test (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) != 0. | ||
| 1919 | // - Alternative: the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled is an overriding/master disable flag which will also hide the column from context menu. | ||
| 1920 | void ImGui::TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool enabled) | ||
| 1921 | { | ||
| 1922 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 1923 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 1924 | IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR_RET(table != NULL, "Call should only be done while in BeginTable() scope!"); | ||
| 1925 | IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable); // See comments above | ||
| 1926 | if (column_n < 0) | ||
| 1927 | column_n = table->CurrentColumn; | ||
| 1928 | IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); | ||
| 1929 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 1930 | column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = enabled; | ||
| 1931 | } | ||
| 1932 | |||
| 1933 | // We allow querying for an extra column in order to poll the IsHovered state of the right-most section | ||
| 1934 | ImGuiTableColumnFlags ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n) | ||
| 1935 | { | ||
| 1936 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 1937 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 1938 | if (!table) | ||
| 1939 | return ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None; | ||
| 1940 | if (column_n < 0) | ||
| 1941 | column_n = table->CurrentColumn; | ||
| 1942 | if (column_n == table->ColumnsCount) | ||
| 1943 | return (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None; | ||
| 1944 | return table->Columns[column_n].Flags; | ||
| 1945 | } | ||
| 1946 | |||
| 1947 | // Return the cell rectangle based on currently known height. | ||
| 1948 | // - Important: we generally don't know our row height until the end of the row, so Max.y will be incorrect in many situations. | ||
| 1949 | // The only case where this is correct is if we provided a min_row_height to TableNextRow() and don't go below it, or in TableEndRow() when we locked that height. | ||
| 1950 | // - Important: if ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX is set but ImGuiTableFlags_PadInnerX is not set, the outer-most left and right | ||
| 1951 | // columns report a small offset so their CellBgRect can extend up to the outer border. | ||
| 1952 | // FIXME: But the rendering code in TableEndRow() nullifies that with clamping required for scrolling. | ||
| 1953 | ImRect ImGui::TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) | ||
| 1954 | { | ||
| 1955 | const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 1956 | float x1 = column->MinX; | ||
| 1957 | float x2 = column->MaxX; | ||
| 1958 | //if (column->PrevEnabledColumn == -1) | ||
| 1959 | // x1 -= table->OuterPaddingX; | ||
| 1960 | //if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1) | ||
| 1961 | // x2 += table->OuterPaddingX; | ||
| 1962 | x1 = ImMax(x1, table->WorkRect.Min.x); | ||
| 1963 | x2 = ImMin(x2, table->WorkRect.Max.x); | ||
| 1964 | return ImRect(x1, table->RowPosY1, x2, table->RowPosY2); | ||
| 1965 | } | ||
| 1966 | |||
| 1967 | // Return the resizing ID for the right-side of the given column. | ||
| 1968 | ImGuiID ImGui::TableGetColumnResizeID(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no) | ||
| 1969 | { | ||
| 1970 | IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); | ||
| 1971 | ImGuiID instance_id = TableGetInstanceID(table, instance_no); | ||
| 1972 | return instance_id + 1 + column_n; // FIXME: #6140: still not ideal | ||
| 1973 | } | ||
| 1974 | |||
| 1975 | // Return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if hovering the unused space at the right of the right-most visible column. | ||
| 1976 | int ImGui::TableGetHoveredColumn() | ||
| 1977 | { | ||
| 1978 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 1979 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 1980 | if (!table) | ||
| 1981 | return -1; | ||
| 1982 | return (int)table->HoveredColumnBody; | ||
| 1983 | } | ||
| 1984 | |||
| 1985 | // Return -1 when table is not hovered. Return maxrow+1 if in table but below last submitted row. | ||
| 1986 | // *IMPORTANT* Unlike TableGetHoveredColumn(), this has a one frame latency in updating the value. | ||
| 1987 | // This difference with is the reason why this is not public yet. | ||
| 1988 | int ImGui::TableGetHoveredRow() | ||
| 1989 | { | ||
| 1990 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 1991 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 1992 | if (!table) | ||
| 1993 | return -1; | ||
| 1994 | ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); | ||
| 1995 | return (int)table_instance->HoveredRowLast; | ||
| 1996 | } | ||
| 1997 | |||
| 1998 | void ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n) | ||
| 1999 | { | ||
| 2000 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 2001 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 2002 | IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR_RET(table != NULL, "Call should only be done while in BeginTable() scope!"); | ||
| 2003 | IM_ASSERT(target != ImGuiTableBgTarget_None); | ||
| 2004 | |||
| 2005 | if (color == IM_COL32_DISABLE) | ||
| 2006 | color = 0; | ||
| 2007 | |||
| 2008 | // We cannot draw neither the cell or row background immediately as we don't know the row height at this point in time. | ||
| 2009 | switch (target) | ||
| 2010 | { | ||
| 2011 | case ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg: | ||
| 2012 | { | ||
| 2013 | if (table->RowPosY1 > table->InnerClipRect.Max.y) // Discard | ||
| 2014 | return; | ||
| 2015 | if (column_n == -1) | ||
| 2016 | column_n = table->CurrentColumn; | ||
| 2017 | if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n)) | ||
| 2018 | return; | ||
| 2019 | if (table->RowCellDataCurrent < 0 || table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent].Column != column_n) | ||
| 2020 | table->RowCellDataCurrent++; | ||
| 2021 | ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data = &table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent]; | ||
| 2022 | cell_data->BgColor = color; | ||
| 2023 | cell_data->Column = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; | ||
| 2024 | break; | ||
| 2025 | } | ||
| 2026 | case ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0: | ||
| 2027 | case ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1: | ||
| 2028 | { | ||
| 2029 | if (table->RowPosY1 > table->InnerClipRect.Max.y) // Discard | ||
| 2030 | return; | ||
| 2031 | IM_ASSERT(column_n == -1); | ||
| 2032 | int bg_idx = (target == ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1) ? 1 : 0; | ||
| 2033 | table->RowBgColor[bg_idx] = color; | ||
| 2034 | break; | ||
| 2035 | } | ||
| 2036 | default: | ||
| 2037 | IM_ASSERT(0); | ||
| 2038 | } | ||
| 2039 | } | ||
| 2040 | |||
| 2041 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 2042 | // [SECTION] Tables: Row changes | ||
| 2043 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 2044 | // - TableGetRowIndex() | ||
| 2045 | // - TableNextRow() | ||
| 2046 | // - TableBeginRow() [Internal] | ||
| 2047 | // - TableEndRow() [Internal] | ||
| 2048 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 2049 | |||
| 2050 | // [Public] Note: for row coloring we use ->RowBgColorCounter which is the same value without counting header rows | ||
| 2051 | int ImGui::TableGetRowIndex() | ||
| 2052 | { | ||
| 2053 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 2054 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 2055 | if (!table) | ||
| 2056 | return 0; | ||
| 2057 | return table->CurrentRow; | ||
| 2058 | } | ||
| 2059 | |||
| 2060 | // [Public] Starts into the first cell of a new row | ||
| 2061 | void ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags, float row_min_height) | ||
| 2062 | { | ||
| 2063 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 2064 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 2065 | |||
| 2066 | if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) | ||
| 2067 | TableUpdateLayout(table); | ||
| 2068 | if (table->IsInsideRow) | ||
| 2069 | TableEndRow(table); | ||
| 2070 | |||
| 2071 | table->LastRowFlags = table->RowFlags; | ||
| 2072 | table->RowFlags = row_flags; | ||
| 2073 | table->RowCellPaddingY = g.Style.CellPadding.y; | ||
| 2074 | table->RowMinHeight = row_min_height; | ||
| 2075 | TableBeginRow(table); | ||
| 2076 | |||
| 2077 | // We honor min_row_height requested by user, but cannot guarantee per-row maximum height, | ||
| 2078 | // because that would essentially require a unique clipping rectangle per-cell. | ||
| 2079 | table->RowPosY2 += table->RowCellPaddingY * 2.0f; | ||
| 2080 | table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, table->RowPosY1 + row_min_height); | ||
| 2081 | |||
| 2082 | // Disable output until user calls TableNextColumn() | ||
| 2083 | table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = true; | ||
| 2084 | } | ||
| 2085 | |||
| 2086 | // [Internal] Only called by TableNextRow() | ||
| 2087 | void ImGui::TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 2088 | { | ||
| 2089 | ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; | ||
| 2090 | IM_ASSERT(!table->IsInsideRow); | ||
| 2091 | |||
| 2092 | // New row | ||
| 2093 | table->CurrentRow++; | ||
| 2094 | table->CurrentColumn = -1; | ||
| 2095 | table->RowBgColor[0] = table->RowBgColor[1] = IM_COL32_DISABLE; | ||
| 2096 | table->RowCellDataCurrent = -1; | ||
| 2097 | table->IsInsideRow = true; | ||
| 2098 | |||
| 2099 | // Begin frozen rows | ||
| 2100 | float next_y1 = table->RowPosY2; | ||
| 2101 | if (table->CurrentRow == 0 && table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) | ||
| 2102 | next_y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->OuterRect.Min.y; | ||
| 2103 | |||
| 2104 | table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = next_y1; | ||
| 2105 | table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; | ||
| 2106 | table->RowIndentOffsetX = window->DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX; // Lock indent | ||
| 2107 | |||
| 2108 | window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; | ||
| 2109 | window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + table->RowCellPaddingY); // This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns. | ||
| 2110 | window->DC.PrevLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns, and to call it from first column too. | ||
| 2111 | window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false; | ||
| 2112 | window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = next_y1; | ||
| 2113 | |||
| 2114 | // Making the header BG color non-transparent will allow us to overlay it multiple times when handling smooth dragging. | ||
| 2115 | if (table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) | ||
| 2116 | { | ||
| 2117 | TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg)); | ||
| 2118 | if (table->CurrentRow == 0) | ||
| 2119 | table->IsUsingHeaders = true; | ||
| 2120 | } | ||
| 2121 | } | ||
| 2122 | |||
| 2123 | // [Internal] Called by TableNextRow() | ||
| 2124 | void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 2125 | { | ||
| 2126 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 2127 | ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; | ||
| 2128 | IM_ASSERT(window == table->InnerWindow); | ||
| 2129 | IM_ASSERT(table->IsInsideRow); | ||
| 2130 | |||
| 2131 | if (table->CurrentColumn != -1) | ||
| 2132 | { | ||
| 2133 | TableEndCell(table); | ||
| 2134 | table->CurrentColumn = -1; | ||
| 2135 | } | ||
| 2136 | |||
| 2137 | // Logging | ||
| 2138 | if (g.LogEnabled) | ||
| 2139 | LogRenderedText(NULL, "|"); | ||
| 2140 | |||
| 2141 | // Position cursor at the bottom of our row so it can be used for e.g. clipping calculation. However it is | ||
| 2142 | // likely that the next call to TableBeginCell() will reposition the cursor to take account of vertical padding. | ||
| 2143 | window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY2; | ||
| 2144 | |||
| 2145 | // Row background fill | ||
| 2146 | const float bg_y1 = table->RowPosY1; | ||
| 2147 | const float bg_y2 = table->RowPosY2; | ||
| 2148 | const bool unfreeze_rows_actual = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsCount); | ||
| 2149 | const bool unfreeze_rows_request = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsRequest); | ||
| 2150 | ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); | ||
| 2151 | if ((table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) && (table->CurrentRow == 0 || (table->LastRowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers))) | ||
| 2152 | table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight += bg_y2 - bg_y1; | ||
| 2153 | |||
| 2154 | const bool is_visible = (bg_y2 >= table->InnerClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 <= table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); | ||
| 2155 | if (is_visible) | ||
| 2156 | { | ||
| 2157 | // Update data for TableGetHoveredRow() | ||
| 2158 | if (table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && g.IO.MousePos.y >= bg_y1 && g.IO.MousePos.y < bg_y2 && table_instance->HoveredRowNext < 0) | ||
| 2159 | table_instance->HoveredRowNext = table->CurrentRow; | ||
| 2160 | |||
| 2161 | // Decide of background color for the row | ||
| 2162 | ImU32 bg_col0 = 0; | ||
| 2163 | ImU32 bg_col1 = 0; | ||
| 2164 | if (table->RowBgColor[0] != IM_COL32_DISABLE) | ||
| 2165 | bg_col0 = table->RowBgColor[0]; | ||
| 2166 | else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg) | ||
| 2167 | bg_col0 = GetColorU32((table->RowBgColorCounter & 1) ? ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt : ImGuiCol_TableRowBg); | ||
| 2168 | if (table->RowBgColor[1] != IM_COL32_DISABLE) | ||
| 2169 | bg_col1 = table->RowBgColor[1]; | ||
| 2170 | |||
| 2171 | // Decide of top border color | ||
| 2172 | ImU32 top_border_col = 0; | ||
| 2173 | const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE; | ||
| 2174 | if (table->CurrentRow > 0 && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH)) | ||
| 2175 | top_border_col = (table->LastRowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight; | ||
| 2176 | |||
| 2177 | const bool draw_cell_bg_color = table->RowCellDataCurrent >= 0; | ||
| 2178 | const bool draw_strong_bottom_border = unfreeze_rows_actual; | ||
| 2179 | if ((bg_col0 | bg_col1 | top_border_col) != 0 || draw_strong_bottom_border || draw_cell_bg_color) | ||
| 2180 | { | ||
| 2181 | // In theory we could call SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() but since we know TableEndRow() is | ||
| 2182 | // always followed by a change of clipping rectangle we perform the smallest overwrite possible here. | ||
| 2183 | if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) == 0) | ||
| 2184 | window->DrawList->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.ToVec4(); | ||
| 2185 | table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0); | ||
| 2186 | } | ||
| 2187 | |||
| 2188 | // Draw row background | ||
| 2189 | // We soft/cpu clip this so all backgrounds and borders can share the same clipping rectangle | ||
| 2190 | if (bg_col0 || bg_col1) | ||
| 2191 | { | ||
| 2192 | ImRect row_rect(table->WorkRect.Min.x, bg_y1, table->WorkRect.Max.x, bg_y2); | ||
| 2193 | row_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect); | ||
| 2194 | if (bg_col0 != 0 && row_rect.Min.y < row_rect.Max.y) | ||
| 2195 | window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(row_rect.Min, row_rect.Max, bg_col0); | ||
| 2196 | if (bg_col1 != 0 && row_rect.Min.y < row_rect.Max.y) | ||
| 2197 | window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(row_rect.Min, row_rect.Max, bg_col1); | ||
| 2198 | } | ||
| 2199 | |||
| 2200 | // Draw cell background color | ||
| 2201 | if (draw_cell_bg_color) | ||
| 2202 | { | ||
| 2203 | ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data_end = &table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent]; | ||
| 2204 | for (ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data = &table->RowCellData[0]; cell_data <= cell_data_end; cell_data++) | ||
| 2205 | { | ||
| 2206 | // As we render the BG here we need to clip things (for layout we would not) | ||
| 2207 | // FIXME: This cancels the OuterPadding addition done by TableGetCellBgRect(), need to keep it while rendering correctly while scrolling. | ||
| 2208 | const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[cell_data->Column]; | ||
| 2209 | ImRect cell_bg_rect = TableGetCellBgRect(table, cell_data->Column); | ||
| 2210 | cell_bg_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect); | ||
| 2211 | cell_bg_rect.Min.x = ImMax(cell_bg_rect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Min.x); // So that first column after frozen one gets clipped when scrolling | ||
| 2212 | cell_bg_rect.Max.x = ImMin(cell_bg_rect.Max.x, column->MaxX); | ||
| 2213 | if (cell_bg_rect.Min.y < cell_bg_rect.Max.y) | ||
| 2214 | window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(cell_bg_rect.Min, cell_bg_rect.Max, cell_data->BgColor); | ||
| 2215 | } | ||
| 2216 | } | ||
| 2217 | |||
| 2218 | // Draw top border | ||
| 2219 | if (top_border_col && bg_y1 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) | ||
| 2220 | window->DrawList->AddLineH(table->BorderX1, table->BorderX2, bg_y1, top_border_col, border_size); | ||
| 2221 | |||
| 2222 | // Draw bottom border at the row unfreezing mark (always strong) | ||
| 2223 | if (draw_strong_bottom_border && bg_y2 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y2 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) | ||
| 2224 | window->DrawList->AddLineH(table->BorderX1, table->BorderX2, bg_y2, table->BorderColorStrong, border_size); | ||
| 2225 | } | ||
| 2226 | |||
| 2227 | // End frozen rows (when we are past the last frozen row line, teleport cursor and alter clipping rectangle) | ||
| 2228 | // - We need to do that in TableEndRow() instead of TableBeginRow() so the list clipper can mark | ||
| 2229 | // end of row and get the new cursor position. | ||
| 2230 | if (unfreeze_rows_request) | ||
| 2231 | { | ||
| 2232 | IM_ASSERT(table->FreezeRowsRequest > 0); | ||
| 2233 | for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) | ||
| 2234 | table->Columns[column_n].NavLayerCurrent = table->NavLayer; | ||
| 2235 | const float y0 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2 + 1, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y); | ||
| 2236 | table_instance->LastFrozenHeight = y0 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; | ||
| 2237 | |||
| 2238 | if (unfreeze_rows_actual) | ||
| 2239 | { | ||
| 2240 | IM_ASSERT(table->IsUnfrozenRows == false); | ||
| 2241 | table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; | ||
| 2242 | |||
| 2243 | // BgClipRect starts as table->InnerClipRect, reduce it now and make BgClipRectForDrawCmd == BgClipRect | ||
| 2244 | table->BgClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y = ImMin(y0, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); | ||
| 2245 | table->BgClipRect.Max.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y = table->InnerClipRect.Max.y; | ||
| 2246 | table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen; | ||
| 2247 | IM_ASSERT(table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y <= table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y); | ||
| 2248 | |||
| 2249 | float row_height = table->RowPosY2 - table->RowPosY1; | ||
| 2250 | table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->WorkRect.Min.y + table->RowPosY2 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; | ||
| 2251 | table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 - row_height; | ||
| 2252 | for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) | ||
| 2253 | { | ||
| 2254 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 2255 | column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen; | ||
| 2256 | column->ClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y; | ||
| 2257 | } | ||
| 2258 | |||
| 2259 | // Update cliprect ahead of TableBeginCell() so clipper can access to new ClipRect->Min.y | ||
| 2260 | SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Columns[0].ClipRect); | ||
| 2261 | table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Columns[0].DrawChannelCurrent); | ||
| 2262 | } | ||
| 2263 | } | ||
| 2264 | |||
| 2265 | if (!(table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers)) | ||
| 2266 | table->RowBgColorCounter++; | ||
| 2267 | table->IsInsideRow = false; | ||
| 2268 | } | ||
| 2269 | |||
| 2270 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 2271 | // [SECTION] Tables: Columns changes | ||
| 2272 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 2273 | // - TableGetColumnIndex() | ||
| 2274 | // - TableSetColumnIndex() | ||
| 2275 | // - TableNextColumn() | ||
| 2276 | // - TableBeginCell() [Internal] | ||
| 2277 | // - TableEndCell() [Internal] | ||
| 2278 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 2279 | |||
| 2280 | int ImGui::TableGetColumnIndex() | ||
| 2281 | { | ||
| 2282 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 2283 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 2284 | if (!table) | ||
| 2285 | return 0; | ||
| 2286 | return table->CurrentColumn; | ||
| 2287 | } | ||
| 2288 | |||
| 2289 | // [Public] Append into a specific column | ||
| 2290 | bool ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n) | ||
| 2291 | { | ||
| 2292 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 2293 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 2294 | if (!table) | ||
| 2295 | return false; | ||
| 2296 | |||
| 2297 | if (table->CurrentColumn != column_n) | ||
| 2298 | { | ||
| 2299 | if (table->CurrentColumn != -1) | ||
| 2300 | TableEndCell(table); | ||
| 2301 | IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR_RETV(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount, false, "TableSetColumnIndex() invalid column index!"); | ||
| 2302 | TableBeginCell(table, column_n); | ||
| 2303 | } | ||
| 2304 | |||
| 2305 | // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value, | ||
| 2306 | // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height. | ||
| 2307 | return table->Columns[column_n].IsRequestOutput; | ||
| 2308 | } | ||
| 2309 | |||
| 2310 | // [Public] Append into the next column, wrap and create a new row when already on last column | ||
| 2311 | bool ImGui::TableNextColumn() | ||
| 2312 | { | ||
| 2313 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 2314 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 2315 | if (!table) | ||
| 2316 | return false; | ||
| 2317 | |||
| 2318 | if (table->IsInsideRow && table->CurrentColumn + 1 < table->ColumnsCount) | ||
| 2319 | { | ||
| 2320 | if (table->CurrentColumn != -1) | ||
| 2321 | TableEndCell(table); | ||
| 2322 | TableBeginCell(table, table->CurrentColumn + 1); | ||
| 2323 | } | ||
| 2324 | else | ||
| 2325 | { | ||
| 2326 | TableNextRow(); | ||
| 2327 | TableBeginCell(table, 0); | ||
| 2328 | } | ||
| 2329 | |||
| 2330 | // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value, | ||
| 2331 | // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height. | ||
| 2332 | return table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].IsRequestOutput; | ||
| 2333 | } | ||
| 2334 | |||
| 2335 | |||
| 2336 | // [Internal] Called by TableSetColumnIndex()/TableNextColumn() | ||
| 2337 | // This is called very frequently, so we need to be mindful of unnecessary overhead. | ||
| 2338 | // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-OPT: Could probably shortcut some things for non-active or clipped columns. | ||
| 2339 | void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) | ||
| 2340 | { | ||
| 2341 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 2342 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 2343 | ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; | ||
| 2344 | table->CurrentColumn = column_n; | ||
| 2345 | |||
| 2346 | // Start position is roughly ~~ CellRect.Min + CellPadding + Indent | ||
| 2347 | float start_x = column->WorkMinX; | ||
| 2348 | if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable) | ||
| 2349 | start_x += table->RowIndentOffsetX; // ~~ += window.DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX, except we locked it for the row. | ||
| 2350 | |||
| 2351 | window->DC.CursorPos.x = start_x; | ||
| 2352 | window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY1 + table->RowCellPaddingY; | ||
| 2353 | window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x; | ||
| 2354 | window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = start_x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.Indent.x; // FIXME-WORKRECT | ||
| 2355 | window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x; // PrevLine.y is preserved. This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns. | ||
| 2356 | window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = table->RowTextBaseline; | ||
| 2357 | window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = (ImGuiNavLayer)column->NavLayerCurrent; | ||
| 2358 | |||
| 2359 | // Note how WorkRect.Max.y is only set once during layout | ||
| 2360 | window->WorkRect.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; | ||
| 2361 | window->WorkRect.Min.x = column->WorkMinX; | ||
| 2362 | window->WorkRect.Max.x = column->WorkMaxX; | ||
| 2363 | window->DC.ItemWidth = column->ItemWidth; | ||
| 2364 | |||
| 2365 | window->SkipItems = column->IsSkipItems; | ||
| 2366 | if (column->IsSkipItems) | ||
| 2367 | { | ||
| 2368 | g.LastItemData.ID = 0; | ||
| 2369 | g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = 0; | ||
| 2370 | } | ||
| 2371 | |||
| 2372 | // Also see TablePushColumnChannel() | ||
| 2373 | if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) | ||
| 2374 | { | ||
| 2375 | // FIXME: if we end up drawing all borders/bg in EndTable, could remove this and just assert that channel hasn't changed. | ||
| 2376 | table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP); | ||
| 2377 | //IM_ASSERT(table->DrawSplitter._Current == TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP); | ||
| 2378 | } | ||
| 2379 | else | ||
| 2380 | { | ||
| 2381 | // FIXME-TABLE: Could avoid this if draw channel is dummy channel? | ||
| 2382 | SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect); | ||
| 2383 | table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent); | ||
| 2384 | } | ||
| 2385 | |||
| 2386 | // Logging | ||
| 2387 | if (g.LogEnabled && !column->IsSkipItems) | ||
| 2388 | { | ||
| 2389 | LogRenderedText(&window->DC.CursorPos, "|"); | ||
| 2390 | g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; | ||
| 2391 | } | ||
| 2392 | } | ||
| 2393 | |||
| 2394 | // [Internal] Called by TableNextRow()/TableSetColumnIndex()/TableNextColumn() | ||
| 2395 | void ImGui::TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 2396 | { | ||
| 2397 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn]; | ||
| 2398 | ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; | ||
| 2399 | |||
| 2400 | if (window->DC.IsSetPos) | ||
| 2401 | ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); | ||
| 2402 | |||
| 2403 | // Report maximum position so we can infer content size per column. | ||
| 2404 | float* p_max_pos_x; | ||
| 2405 | if (table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) | ||
| 2406 | p_max_pos_x = &column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed; // Useful in case user submit contents in header row that is not a TableHeader() call | ||
| 2407 | else | ||
| 2408 | p_max_pos_x = table->IsUnfrozenRows ? &column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen : &column->ContentMaxXFrozen; | ||
| 2409 | *p_max_pos_x = ImMax(*p_max_pos_x, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x); | ||
| 2410 | if (column->IsEnabled) | ||
| 2411 | table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y + table->RowCellPaddingY); | ||
| 2412 | column->ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidth; | ||
| 2413 | |||
| 2414 | // Propagate text baseline for the entire row | ||
| 2415 | // FIXME-TABLE: Here we propagate text baseline from the last line of the cell.. instead of the first one. | ||
| 2416 | table->RowTextBaseline = ImMax(table->RowTextBaseline, window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset); | ||
| 2417 | } | ||
| 2418 | |||
| 2419 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 2420 | // [SECTION] Tables: Columns width management | ||
| 2421 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 2422 | // - TableGetMaxColumnWidth() [Internal] | ||
| 2423 | // - TableGetColumnWidthAuto() [Internal] | ||
| 2424 | // - TableSetColumnWidth() | ||
| 2425 | // - TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle() [Internal] | ||
| 2426 | // - TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll() [Internal] | ||
| 2427 | // - TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth() [Internal] | ||
| 2428 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 2429 | // Note that actual columns widths are computed in TableUpdateLayout(). | ||
| 2430 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 2431 | |||
| 2432 | // Maximum column content width given current layout. Use column->MinX so this value differs on a per-column basis. | ||
| 2433 | float ImGui::TableCalcMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) | ||
| 2434 | { | ||
| 2435 | const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 2436 | float max_width = FLT_MAX; | ||
| 2437 | const float min_column_distance = table->MinColumnWidth + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2; | ||
| 2438 | if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) | ||
| 2439 | { | ||
| 2440 | // Frozen columns can't reach beyond visible width else scrolling will naturally break. | ||
| 2441 | // (we use DisplayOrder as within a set of multiple frozen column reordering is possible) | ||
| 2442 | if (column->DisplayOrder < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) | ||
| 2443 | { | ||
| 2444 | max_width = (table->InnerClipRect.Max.x - (table->FreezeColumnsRequest - column->DisplayOrder) * min_column_distance) - column->MinX; | ||
| 2445 | max_width = max_width - table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX2; | ||
| 2446 | } | ||
| 2447 | } | ||
| 2448 | else if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible) == 0) | ||
| 2449 | { | ||
| 2450 | // If horizontal scrolling if disabled, we apply a final lossless shrinking of columns in order to make | ||
| 2451 | // sure they are all visible. Because of this we also know that all of the columns will always fit in | ||
| 2452 | // table->WorkRect and therefore in table->InnerRect (because ScrollX is off) | ||
| 2453 | // FIXME-TABLE: This is solved incorrectly but also quite a difficult problem to fix as we also want ClipRect width to match. | ||
| 2454 | // See "table_width_distrib" and "table_width_keep_visible" tests | ||
| 2455 | max_width = table->WorkRect.Max.x - (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - column->IndexWithinEnabledSet - 1) * min_column_distance - column->MinX; | ||
| 2456 | //max_width -= table->CellSpacingX1; | ||
| 2457 | max_width -= table->CellSpacingX2; | ||
| 2458 | max_width -= table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; | ||
| 2459 | max_width -= table->OuterPaddingX; | ||
| 2460 | } | ||
| 2461 | return max_width; | ||
| 2462 | } | ||
| 2463 | |||
| 2464 | // Note this is meant to be stored in column->WidthAuto, please generally use the WidthAuto field | ||
| 2465 | float ImGui::TableGetColumnWidthAuto(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column) | ||
| 2466 | { | ||
| 2467 | const float content_width_body = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXFrozen, column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen) - column->WorkMinX; | ||
| 2468 | const float content_width_headers = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal - column->WorkMinX; | ||
| 2469 | float width_auto = content_width_body; | ||
| 2470 | if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth)) | ||
| 2471 | width_auto = ImMax(width_auto, content_width_headers); | ||
| 2472 | |||
| 2473 | // Non-resizable fixed columns preserve their requested width | ||
| 2474 | if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f) | ||
| 2475 | if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) || (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) | ||
| 2476 | width_auto = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth; | ||
| 2477 | |||
| 2478 | return ImMax(width_auto, table->MinColumnWidth); | ||
| 2479 | } | ||
| 2480 | |||
| 2481 | // 'width' = inner column width, without padding | ||
| 2482 | void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width) | ||
| 2483 | { | ||
| 2484 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 2485 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 2486 | IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && table->IsLayoutLocked == false); | ||
| 2487 | IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); | ||
| 2488 | ImGuiTableColumn* column_0 = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 2489 | float column_0_width = width; | ||
| 2490 | |||
| 2491 | // Apply constraints early | ||
| 2492 | // Compare both requested and actual given width to avoid overwriting requested width when column is stuck (minimum size, bounded) | ||
| 2493 | IM_ASSERT(table->MinColumnWidth > 0.0f); | ||
| 2494 | const float min_width = table->MinColumnWidth; | ||
| 2495 | const float max_width = ImMax(min_width, column_0->WidthMax); // Don't use TableCalcMaxColumnWidth() here as it would rely on MinX from last instance (#7933) | ||
| 2496 | column_0_width = ImClamp(column_0_width, min_width, max_width); | ||
| 2497 | if (column_0->WidthGiven == column_0_width || column_0->WidthRequest == column_0_width) | ||
| 2498 | return; | ||
| 2499 | |||
| 2500 | //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableSetColumnWidth(%d, %.1f->%.1f)\n", column_0_idx, column_0->WidthGiven, column_0_width); | ||
| 2501 | ImGuiTableColumn* column_1 = (column_0->NextEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_0->NextEnabledColumn] : NULL; | ||
| 2502 | |||
| 2503 | // In this surprisingly not simple because of how we support mixing Fixed and multiple Stretch columns. | ||
| 2504 | // - All fixed: easy. | ||
| 2505 | // - All stretch: easy. | ||
| 2506 | // - One or more fixed + one stretch: easy. | ||
| 2507 | // - One or more fixed + more than one stretch: tricky. | ||
| 2508 | // Qt when manual resize is enabled only supports a single _trailing_ stretch column, we support more cases here. | ||
| 2509 | |||
| 2510 | // When forwarding resize from Wn| to Fn+1| we need to be considerate of the _NoResize flag on Fn+1. | ||
| 2511 | // FIXME-TABLE: Find a way to rewrite all of this so interactions feel more consistent for the user. | ||
| 2512 | // Scenarios: | ||
| 2513 | // - F1 F2 F3 resize from F1| or F2| --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. Subsequent columns will be offset. | ||
| 2514 | // - F1 F2 F3 resize from F3| --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. If active, ScrollX extent can be altered. | ||
| 2515 | // - F1 F2 W3 resize from F1| or F2| --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. If active, ScrollX extent can be altered, but it doesn't make much sense as the Stretch column will always be minimal size. | ||
| 2516 | // - F1 F2 W3 resize from W3| --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1) | ||
| 2517 | // - W1 W2 W3 resize from W1| or W2| --> ok | ||
| 2518 | // - W1 W2 W3 resize from W3| --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1) | ||
| 2519 | // - W1 F2 F3 resize from F3| --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1) | ||
| 2520 | // - W1 F2 resize from F2| --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1) | ||
| 2521 | // - W1 W2 F3 resize from W1| or W2| --> ok | ||
| 2522 | // - W1 F2 W3 resize from W1| or F2| --> ok | ||
| 2523 | // - F1 W2 F3 resize from W2| --> ok | ||
| 2524 | // - F1 W3 F2 resize from W3| --> ok | ||
| 2525 | // - W1 F2 F3 resize from W1| --> ok: equivalent to resizing |F2. F3 will not move. | ||
| 2526 | // - W1 F2 F3 resize from F2| --> ok | ||
| 2527 | // All resizes from a Wx columns are locking other columns. | ||
| 2528 | |||
| 2529 | // Possible improvements: | ||
| 2530 | // - W1 W2 W3 resize W1| --> to not be stuck, both W2 and W3 would stretch down. Seems possible to fix. Would be most beneficial to simplify resize of all-weighted columns. | ||
| 2531 | // - W3 F1 F2 resize W3| --> to not be stuck past F1|, both F1 and F2 would need to stretch down, which would be lossy or ambiguous. Seems hard to fix. | ||
| 2532 | |||
| 2533 | // [Resize Rule 1] Can't resize from right of right-most visible column if there is any Stretch column. Implemented in TableUpdateLayout(). | ||
| 2534 | |||
| 2535 | // If we have all Fixed columns OR resizing a Fixed column that doesn't come after a Stretch one, we can do an offsetting resize. | ||
| 2536 | // This is the preferred resize path | ||
| 2537 | if (column_0->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) | ||
| 2538 | if (!column_1 || table->LeftMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->LeftMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder >= column_0->DisplayOrder) | ||
| 2539 | { | ||
| 2540 | column_0->WidthRequest = column_0_width; | ||
| 2541 | table->IsSettingsDirty = true; | ||
| 2542 | return; | ||
| 2543 | } | ||
| 2544 | |||
| 2545 | // We can also use previous column if there's no next one (this is used when doing an auto-fit on the right-most stretch column) | ||
| 2546 | if (column_1 == NULL) | ||
| 2547 | column_1 = (column_0->PrevEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_0->PrevEnabledColumn] : NULL; | ||
| 2548 | if (column_1 == NULL) | ||
| 2549 | return; | ||
| 2550 | |||
| 2551 | // Resizing from right-side of a Stretch column before a Fixed column forward sizing to left-side of fixed column. | ||
| 2552 | // (old_a + old_b == new_a + new_b) --> (new_a == old_a + old_b - new_b) | ||
| 2553 | float column_1_width = ImMax(column_1->WidthRequest - (column_0_width - column_0->WidthRequest), min_width); | ||
| 2554 | column_0_width = column_0->WidthRequest + column_1->WidthRequest - column_1_width; | ||
| 2555 | IM_ASSERT(column_0_width > 0.0f && column_1_width > 0.0f); | ||
| 2556 | column_0->WidthRequest = column_0_width; | ||
| 2557 | column_1->WidthRequest = column_1_width; | ||
| 2558 | if ((column_0->Flags | column_1->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) | ||
| 2559 | TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(table); | ||
| 2560 | table->IsSettingsDirty = true; | ||
| 2561 | } | ||
| 2562 | |||
| 2563 | // Disable clipping then auto-fit, will take 2 frames | ||
| 2564 | // (we don't take a shortcut for unclipped columns to reduce inconsistencies when e.g. resizing multiple columns) | ||
| 2565 | void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) | ||
| 2566 | { | ||
| 2567 | // Single auto width uses auto-fit | ||
| 2568 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 2569 | if (!column->IsEnabled) | ||
| 2570 | return; | ||
| 2571 | column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 0); | ||
| 2572 | table->AutoFitSingleColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; | ||
| 2573 | } | ||
| 2574 | |||
| 2575 | void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 2576 | { | ||
| 2577 | for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) | ||
| 2578 | { | ||
| 2579 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 2580 | if (!column->IsEnabled && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) // Cannot reset weight of hidden stretch column | ||
| 2581 | continue; | ||
| 2582 | column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 0); | ||
| 2583 | column->AutoFitQueue = (1 << 1); | ||
| 2584 | } | ||
| 2585 | } | ||
| 2586 | |||
| 2587 | void ImGui::TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 2588 | { | ||
| 2589 | IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostStretchedColumn != -1 && table->RightMostStretchedColumn != -1); | ||
| 2590 | |||
| 2591 | // Measure existing quantities | ||
| 2592 | float visible_weight = 0.0f; | ||
| 2593 | float visible_width = 0.0f; | ||
| 2594 | for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) | ||
| 2595 | { | ||
| 2596 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 2597 | if (!column->IsEnabled || !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) | ||
| 2598 | continue; | ||
| 2599 | IM_ASSERT(column->StretchWeight > 0.0f); | ||
| 2600 | visible_weight += column->StretchWeight; | ||
| 2601 | visible_width += column->WidthRequest; | ||
| 2602 | } | ||
| 2603 | IM_ASSERT(visible_weight > 0.0f && visible_width > 0.0f); | ||
| 2604 | |||
| 2605 | // Apply new weights | ||
| 2606 | for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) | ||
| 2607 | { | ||
| 2608 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 2609 | if (!column->IsEnabled || !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) | ||
| 2610 | continue; | ||
| 2611 | column->StretchWeight = (column->WidthRequest / visible_width) * visible_weight; | ||
| 2612 | IM_ASSERT(column->StretchWeight > 0.0f); | ||
| 2613 | } | ||
| 2614 | } | ||
| 2615 | |||
| 2616 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 2617 | // [SECTION] Tables: Drawing | ||
| 2618 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 2619 | // - TablePushBackgroundChannel() [Internal] | ||
| 2620 | // - TablePopBackgroundChannel() [Internal] | ||
| 2621 | // - TableSetupDrawChannels() [Internal] | ||
| 2622 | // - TableMergeDrawChannels() [Internal] | ||
| 2623 | // - TableGetColumnBorderCol() [Internal] | ||
| 2624 | // - TableDrawBorders() [Internal] | ||
| 2625 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 2626 | |||
| 2627 | |||
| 2628 | // FIXME: This could be abstracted and merged with PushColumnsBackground(), by creating a generic struct | ||
| 2629 | // with storage for backup cliprect + backup channel + storage for splitter pointer, new clip rect. | ||
| 2630 | // This would slightly simplify caller code. | ||
| 2631 | |||
| 2632 | // Bg2 is used by Selectable (and possibly other widgets) to render to the background. | ||
| 2633 | // Unlike our Bg0/1 channel which we uses for RowBg/CellBg/Borders and where we guarantee all shapes to be CPU-clipped, the Bg2 channel being widgets-facing will rely on regular ClipRect. | ||
| 2634 | void ImGui::TablePushBackgroundChannel() | ||
| 2635 | { | ||
| 2636 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 2637 | ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; | ||
| 2638 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 2639 | |||
| 2640 | // Optimization: avoid SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect() | ||
| 2641 | table->HostBackupInnerClipRect = window->ClipRect; | ||
| 2642 | SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd); | ||
| 2643 | table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent); | ||
| 2644 | } | ||
| 2645 | |||
| 2646 | void ImGui::TablePopBackgroundChannel() | ||
| 2647 | { | ||
| 2648 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 2649 | ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; | ||
| 2650 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 2651 | |||
| 2652 | // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() | ||
| 2653 | SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->HostBackupInnerClipRect); | ||
| 2654 | table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].DrawChannelCurrent); | ||
| 2655 | } | ||
| 2656 | |||
| 2657 | // Also see TableBeginCell() | ||
| 2658 | void ImGui::TablePushColumnChannel(int column_n) | ||
| 2659 | { | ||
| 2660 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 2661 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 2662 | |||
| 2663 | // Optimization: avoid SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect() | ||
| 2664 | if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) | ||
| 2665 | return; | ||
| 2666 | ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; | ||
| 2667 | const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 2668 | SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect); | ||
| 2669 | table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent); | ||
| 2670 | } | ||
| 2671 | |||
| 2672 | void ImGui::TablePopColumnChannel() | ||
| 2673 | { | ||
| 2674 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 2675 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 2676 | |||
| 2677 | // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() | ||
| 2678 | if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) || (table->CurrentColumn == -1)) // Calling TreePop() after TableNextRow() is supported. | ||
| 2679 | return; | ||
| 2680 | ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; | ||
| 2681 | const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn]; | ||
| 2682 | SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect); | ||
| 2683 | table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent); | ||
| 2684 | } | ||
| 2685 | |||
| 2686 | // Allocate draw channels. Called by TableUpdateLayout() | ||
| 2687 | // - We allocate them following storage order instead of display order so reordering columns won't needlessly | ||
| 2688 | // increase overall dormant memory cost. | ||
| 2689 | // - We isolate headers draw commands in their own channels instead of just altering clip rects. | ||
| 2690 | // This is in order to facilitate merging of draw commands. | ||
| 2691 | // - After crossing FreezeRowsCount, all columns see their current draw channel changed to a second set of channels. | ||
| 2692 | // - We only use the dummy draw channel so we can push a null clipping rectangle into it without affecting other | ||
| 2693 | // channels, while simplifying per-row/per-cell overhead. It will be empty and discarded when merged. | ||
| 2694 | // - We allocate 1 or 2 background draw channels. This is because we know TablePushBackgroundChannel() is only used for | ||
| 2695 | // horizontal spanning. If we allowed vertical spanning we'd need one background draw channel per merge group (1-4). | ||
| 2696 | // Draw channel allocation (before merging): | ||
| 2697 | // - NoClip --> 2+D+1 channels: bg0/1 + bg2 + foreground (same clip rect == always 1 draw call) | ||
| 2698 | // - Clip --> 2+D+N channels | ||
| 2699 | // - FreezeRows --> 2+D+N*2 (unless scrolling value is zero) | ||
| 2700 | // - FreezeRows || FreezeColumns --> 3+D+N*2 (unless scrolling value is zero) | ||
| 2701 | // Where D is 1 if any column is clipped or hidden (dummy channel) otherwise 0. | ||
| 2702 | void ImGui::TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 2703 | { | ||
| 2704 | const int freeze_row_multiplier = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 : 1; | ||
| 2705 | const int channels_for_row = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) ? 1 : table->ColumnsEnabledCount; | ||
| 2706 | const int channels_for_bg = 1 + 1 * freeze_row_multiplier; | ||
| 2707 | const int channels_for_dummy = (table->ColumnsEnabledCount < table->ColumnsCount || (memcmp(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, table->EnabledMaskByIndex, ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(table->ColumnsCount)) != 0)) ? +1 : 0; | ||
| 2708 | const int channels_total = channels_for_bg + (channels_for_row * freeze_row_multiplier) + channels_for_dummy; | ||
| 2709 | table->DrawSplitter->Split(table->InnerWindow->DrawList, channels_total); | ||
| 2710 | table->DummyDrawChannel = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((channels_for_dummy > 0) ? channels_total - 1 : -1); | ||
| 2711 | table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN; | ||
| 2712 | table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 + channels_for_row : TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN); | ||
| 2713 | |||
| 2714 | int draw_channel_current = 2; | ||
| 2715 | for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) | ||
| 2716 | { | ||
| 2717 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 2718 | if (column->IsVisibleX && column->IsVisibleY) | ||
| 2719 | { | ||
| 2720 | column->DrawChannelFrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)(draw_channel_current); | ||
| 2721 | column->DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)(draw_channel_current + (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0 ? channels_for_row + 1 : 0)); | ||
| 2722 | if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip)) | ||
| 2723 | draw_channel_current++; | ||
| 2724 | } | ||
| 2725 | else | ||
| 2726 | { | ||
| 2727 | column->DrawChannelFrozen = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen = table->DummyDrawChannel; | ||
| 2728 | } | ||
| 2729 | column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelFrozen; | ||
| 2730 | } | ||
| 2731 | |||
| 2732 | // Initial draw cmd starts with a BgClipRect that matches the one of its host, to facilitate merge draw commands by default. | ||
| 2733 | // All our cell highlight are manually clipped with BgClipRect. When unfreezing it will be made smaller to fit scrolling rect. | ||
| 2734 | // (This technically isn't part of setting up draw channels, but is reasonably related to be done here) | ||
| 2735 | table->BgClipRect = table->InnerClipRect; | ||
| 2736 | table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd = table->OuterWindow->ClipRect; | ||
| 2737 | table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd = table->HostClipRect; | ||
| 2738 | IM_ASSERT(table->BgClipRect.Min.y <= table->BgClipRect.Max.y); | ||
| 2739 | } | ||
| 2740 | |||
| 2741 | // This function reorder draw channels based on matching clip rectangle, to facilitate merging them. Called by EndTable(). | ||
| 2742 | // For simplicity we call it TableMergeDrawChannels() but in fact it only reorder channels + overwrite ClipRect, | ||
| 2743 | // actual merging is done by table->DrawSplitter.Merge() which is called right after TableMergeDrawChannels(). | ||
| 2744 | // | ||
| 2745 | // Columns where the contents didn't stray off their local clip rectangle can be merged. To achieve | ||
| 2746 | // this we merge their clip rect and make them contiguous in the channel list, so they can be merged | ||
| 2747 | // by the call to DrawSplitter.Merge() following to the call to this function. | ||
| 2748 | // We reorder draw commands by arranging them into a maximum of 4 distinct groups: | ||
| 2749 | // | ||
| 2750 | // 1 group: 2 groups: 2 groups: 4 groups: | ||
| 2751 | // [ 0. ] no freeze [ 0. ] row freeze [ 01 ] col freeze [ 01 ] row+col freeze | ||
| 2752 | // [ .. ] or no scroll [ 2. ] and v-scroll [ .. ] and h-scroll [ 23 ] and v+h-scroll | ||
| 2753 | // | ||
| 2754 | // Each column itself can use 1 channel (row freeze disabled) or 2 channels (row freeze enabled). | ||
| 2755 | // When the contents of a column didn't stray off its limit, we move its channels into the corresponding group | ||
| 2756 | // based on its position (within frozen rows/columns groups or not). | ||
| 2757 | // At the end of the operation our 1-4 groups will each have a ImDrawCmd using the same ClipRect. | ||
| 2758 | // This function assume that each column are pointing to a distinct draw channel, | ||
| 2759 | // otherwise merge_group->ChannelsCount will not match set bit count of merge_group->ChannelsMask. | ||
| 2760 | // | ||
| 2761 | // Column channels will not be merged into one of the 1-4 groups in the following cases: | ||
| 2762 | // - The contents stray off its clipping rectangle (we only compare the MaxX value, not the MinX value). | ||
| 2763 | // Direct ImDrawList calls won't be taken into account by default, if you use them make sure the ImGui:: bounds | ||
| 2764 | // matches, by e.g. calling SetCursorScreenPos(). | ||
| 2765 | // - The channel uses more than one draw command itself. We drop all our attempt at merging stuff here.. | ||
| 2766 | // we could do better but it's going to be rare and probably not worth the hassle. | ||
| 2767 | // Columns for which the draw channel(s) haven't been merged with other will use their own ImDrawCmd. | ||
| 2768 | // | ||
| 2769 | // This function is particularly tricky to understand.. take a breath. | ||
| 2770 | void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 2771 | { | ||
| 2772 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 2773 | ImDrawListSplitter* splitter = table->DrawSplitter; | ||
| 2774 | const bool has_freeze_v = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0); | ||
| 2775 | const bool has_freeze_h = (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0); | ||
| 2776 | IM_ASSERT(splitter->_Current == 0); | ||
| 2777 | |||
| 2778 | // Track which groups we are going to attempt to merge, and which channels goes into each group. | ||
| 2779 | struct MergeGroup | ||
| 2780 | { | ||
| 2781 | ImRect ClipRect; | ||
| 2782 | int ChannelsCount = 0; | ||
| 2783 | ImBitArrayPtr ChannelsMask = NULL; | ||
| 2784 | }; | ||
| 2785 | int merge_group_mask = 0x00; | ||
| 2786 | MergeGroup merge_groups[4]; | ||
| 2787 | |||
| 2788 | // Use a reusable temp buffer for the merge masks as they are dynamically sized. | ||
| 2789 | const int max_draw_channels = (4 + table->ColumnsCount * 2); | ||
| 2790 | const int size_for_masks_bitarrays_one = (int)ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(max_draw_channels); | ||
| 2791 | g.TempBuffer.reserve(size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 5); | ||
| 2792 | memset(g.TempBuffer.Data, 0, size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 5); | ||
| 2793 | for (int n = 0; n < IM_COUNTOF(merge_groups); n++) | ||
| 2794 | merge_groups[n].ChannelsMask = (ImBitArrayPtr)(void*)(g.TempBuffer.Data + (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * n)); | ||
| 2795 | ImBitArrayPtr remaining_mask = (ImBitArrayPtr)(void*)(g.TempBuffer.Data + (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 4)); | ||
| 2796 | |||
| 2797 | // 1. Scan channels and take note of those which can be merged | ||
| 2798 | for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) | ||
| 2799 | { | ||
| 2800 | if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n)) | ||
| 2801 | continue; | ||
| 2802 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 2803 | |||
| 2804 | const int merge_group_sub_count = has_freeze_v ? 2 : 1; | ||
| 2805 | for (int merge_group_sub_n = 0; merge_group_sub_n < merge_group_sub_count; merge_group_sub_n++) | ||
| 2806 | { | ||
| 2807 | const int channel_no = (merge_group_sub_n == 0) ? column->DrawChannelFrozen : column->DrawChannelUnfrozen; | ||
| 2808 | |||
| 2809 | // Don't attempt to merge if there are multiple draw calls within the column | ||
| 2810 | ImDrawChannel* src_channel = &splitter->_Channels[channel_no]; | ||
| 2811 | if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) // Equivalent of PopUnusedDrawCmd() | ||
| 2812 | src_channel->_CmdBuffer.pop_back(); | ||
| 2813 | if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size != 1) | ||
| 2814 | continue; | ||
| 2815 | |||
| 2816 | // Find out the width of this merge group and check if it will fit in our column | ||
| 2817 | // (note that we assume that rendering didn't stray on the left direction. we should need a CursorMinPos to detect it) | ||
| 2818 | if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip)) | ||
| 2819 | { | ||
| 2820 | float content_max_x; | ||
| 2821 | if (!has_freeze_v) | ||
| 2822 | content_max_x = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed); // No row freeze | ||
| 2823 | else if (merge_group_sub_n == 0) | ||
| 2824 | content_max_x = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXFrozen, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed); // Row freeze: use width before freeze | ||
| 2825 | else | ||
| 2826 | content_max_x = column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen; // Row freeze: use width after freeze | ||
| 2827 | if (content_max_x > column->ClipRect.Max.x) | ||
| 2828 | continue; | ||
| 2829 | } | ||
| 2830 | |||
| 2831 | const int merge_group_n = (has_freeze_h && column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount ? 0 : 1) + (has_freeze_v && merge_group_sub_n == 0 ? 0 : 2); | ||
| 2832 | IM_ASSERT(channel_no < max_draw_channels); | ||
| 2833 | MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n]; | ||
| 2834 | if (merge_group->ChannelsCount == 0) | ||
| 2835 | merge_group->ClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); | ||
| 2836 | ImBitArraySetBit(merge_group->ChannelsMask, channel_no); | ||
| 2837 | merge_group->ChannelsCount++; | ||
| 2838 | merge_group->ClipRect.Add(src_channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect); | ||
| 2839 | merge_group_mask |= (1 << merge_group_n); | ||
| 2840 | } | ||
| 2841 | |||
| 2842 | // Invalidate current draw channel | ||
| 2843 | // (we don't clear DrawChannelFrozen/DrawChannelUnfrozen solely to facilitate debugging/later inspection of data) | ||
| 2844 | column->DrawChannelCurrent = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)-1; | ||
| 2845 | } | ||
| 2846 | |||
| 2847 | // [DEBUG] Display merge groups | ||
| 2848 | #if 0 | ||
| 2849 | if (g.IO.KeyShift) | ||
| 2850 | for (int merge_group_n = 0; merge_group_n < IM_COUNTOF(merge_groups); merge_group_n++) | ||
| 2851 | { | ||
| 2852 | MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n]; | ||
| 2853 | if (merge_group->ChannelsCount == 0) | ||
| 2854 | continue; | ||
| 2855 | char buf[32]; | ||
| 2856 | ImFormatString(buf, 32, "MG%d:%d", merge_group_n, merge_group->ChannelsCount); | ||
| 2857 | ImVec2 text_pos = merge_group->ClipRect.Min + ImVec2(4, 4); | ||
| 2858 | ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(buf, NULL); | ||
| 2859 | GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRectFilled(text_pos, text_pos + text_size, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255)); | ||
| 2860 | GetForegroundDrawList()->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), buf, NULL); | ||
| 2861 | GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); | ||
| 2862 | } | ||
| 2863 | #endif | ||
| 2864 | |||
| 2865 | // 2. Rewrite channel list in our preferred order | ||
| 2866 | if (merge_group_mask != 0) | ||
| 2867 | { | ||
| 2868 | // We skip channel 0 (Bg0/Bg1) and 1 (Bg2 frozen) from the shuffling since they won't move - see channels allocation in TableSetupDrawChannels(). | ||
| 2869 | const int LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS = 2; | ||
| 2870 | g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.resize(splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); // Use shared temporary storage so the allocation gets amortized | ||
| 2871 | ImDrawChannel* dst_tmp = g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data; | ||
| 2872 | ImBitArraySetBitRange(remaining_mask, LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, splitter->_Count); | ||
| 2873 | ImBitArrayClearBit(remaining_mask, table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen); | ||
| 2874 | IM_ASSERT(has_freeze_v == false || table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen != TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN); | ||
| 2875 | int remaining_count = splitter->_Count - (has_freeze_v ? LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS + 1 : LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); | ||
| 2876 | //ImRect host_rect = (table->InnerWindow == table->OuterWindow) ? table->InnerClipRect : table->HostClipRect; | ||
| 2877 | ImRect host_rect = table->HostClipRect; | ||
| 2878 | for (int merge_group_n = 0; merge_group_n < IM_COUNTOF(merge_groups); merge_group_n++) | ||
| 2879 | { | ||
| 2880 | if (int merge_channels_count = merge_groups[merge_group_n].ChannelsCount) | ||
| 2881 | { | ||
| 2882 | MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n]; | ||
| 2883 | ImRect merge_clip_rect = merge_group->ClipRect; | ||
| 2884 | |||
| 2885 | // Extend outer-most clip limits to match those of host, so draw calls can be merged even if | ||
| 2886 | // outer-most columns have some outer padding offsetting them from their parent ClipRect. | ||
| 2887 | // The principal cases this is dealing with are: | ||
| 2888 | // - On a same-window table (not scrolling = single group), all fitting columns ClipRect -> will extend and match host ClipRect -> will merge | ||
| 2889 | // - Columns can use padding and have left-most ClipRect.Min.x and right-most ClipRect.Max.x != from host ClipRect -> will extend and match host ClipRect -> will merge | ||
| 2890 | // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-WORKRECT: We are wasting a merge opportunity on tables without scrolling if column doesn't fit | ||
| 2891 | // within host clip rect, solely because of the half-padding difference between window->WorkRect and window->InnerClipRect. | ||
| 2892 | if ((merge_group_n & 1) == 0 || !has_freeze_h) | ||
| 2893 | merge_clip_rect.Min.x = ImMin(merge_clip_rect.Min.x, host_rect.Min.x); | ||
| 2894 | if ((merge_group_n & 2) == 0 || !has_freeze_v) | ||
| 2895 | merge_clip_rect.Min.y = ImMin(merge_clip_rect.Min.y, host_rect.Min.y); | ||
| 2896 | if ((merge_group_n & 1) != 0) | ||
| 2897 | merge_clip_rect.Max.x = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.x, host_rect.Max.x); | ||
| 2898 | if ((merge_group_n & 2) != 0 && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) == 0) | ||
| 2899 | merge_clip_rect.Max.y = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.y, host_rect.Max.y); | ||
| 2900 | //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); // [DEBUG] | ||
| 2901 | //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_clip_rect.Min, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); | ||
| 2902 | //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Max, merge_clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); | ||
| 2903 | remaining_count -= merge_group->ChannelsCount; | ||
| 2904 | for (int n = 0; n < (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one >> 2); n++) | ||
| 2905 | remaining_mask[n] &= ~merge_group->ChannelsMask[n]; | ||
| 2906 | for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && merge_channels_count != 0; n++) | ||
| 2907 | { | ||
| 2908 | // Copy + overwrite new clip rect | ||
| 2909 | if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(merge_group->ChannelsMask, n)) | ||
| 2910 | continue; | ||
| 2911 | IM_BITARRAY_CLEARBIT(merge_group->ChannelsMask, n); | ||
| 2912 | merge_channels_count--; | ||
| 2913 | |||
| 2914 | ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n]; | ||
| 2915 | IM_ASSERT(channel->_CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && merge_clip_rect.Contains(ImRect(channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect))); | ||
| 2916 | channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect = merge_clip_rect.ToVec4(); | ||
| 2917 | memcpy(dst_tmp++, channel, sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); | ||
| 2918 | } | ||
| 2919 | } | ||
| 2920 | |||
| 2921 | // Make sure Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen appears in the middle of our groups (whereas Bg0/Bg1 and Bg2 frozen are fixed to 0 and 1) | ||
| 2922 | if (merge_group_n == 1 && has_freeze_v) | ||
| 2923 | memcpy(dst_tmp++, &splitter->_Channels[table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen], sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); | ||
| 2924 | } | ||
| 2925 | |||
| 2926 | // Append unmergeable channels that we didn't reorder at the end of the list | ||
| 2927 | for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && remaining_count != 0; n++) | ||
| 2928 | { | ||
| 2929 | if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(remaining_mask, n)) | ||
| 2930 | continue; | ||
| 2931 | ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n]; | ||
| 2932 | memcpy(dst_tmp++, channel, sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); | ||
| 2933 | remaining_count--; | ||
| 2934 | } | ||
| 2935 | IM_ASSERT(dst_tmp == g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data + g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Size); | ||
| 2936 | memcpy(splitter->_Channels.Data + LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data, (splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS) * sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); | ||
| 2937 | } | ||
| 2938 | } | ||
| 2939 | |||
| 2940 | static ImU32 TableGetColumnBorderCol(ImGuiTable* table, int order_n, int column_n) | ||
| 2941 | { | ||
| 2942 | const bool is_hovered = (table->HoveredColumnBorder == column_n); | ||
| 2943 | const bool is_resized = (table->ResizedColumn == column_n) && (table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent); | ||
| 2944 | const bool is_frozen_separator = (table->FreezeColumnsCount == order_n + 1); | ||
| 2945 | if (is_resized || is_hovered) | ||
| 2946 | return ImGui::GetColorU32(is_resized ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered); | ||
| 2947 | if (is_frozen_separator || (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize))) | ||
| 2948 | return table->BorderColorStrong; | ||
| 2949 | return table->BorderColorLight; | ||
| 2950 | } | ||
| 2951 | |||
| 2952 | // FIXME-TABLE: This is a mess, need to redesign how we render borders (as some are also done in TableEndRow) | ||
| 2953 | void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 2954 | { | ||
| 2955 | ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; | ||
| 2956 | if (!table->OuterWindow->ClipRect.Overlaps(table->OuterRect)) | ||
| 2957 | return; | ||
| 2958 | |||
| 2959 | ImDrawList* inner_drawlist = inner_window->DrawList; | ||
| 2960 | table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_drawlist, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0); | ||
| 2961 | inner_drawlist->PushClipRect(table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min, table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max, false); | ||
| 2962 | |||
| 2963 | // Draw inner border and resizing feedback | ||
| 2964 | ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); | ||
| 2965 | const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE; | ||
| 2966 | const float draw_y1 = ImMax(table->InnerRect.Min.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table->AngledHeadersHeight) + ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH) ? 1.0f : 0.0f); | ||
| 2967 | const float draw_y2_body = table->InnerRect.Max.y; | ||
| 2968 | const float draw_y2_head = table->IsUsingHeaders ? ImMin(table->InnerRect.Max.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight) : draw_y1; | ||
| 2969 | if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) | ||
| 2970 | { | ||
| 2971 | for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) | ||
| 2972 | { | ||
| 2973 | if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n)) | ||
| 2974 | continue; | ||
| 2975 | |||
| 2976 | const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; | ||
| 2977 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 2978 | const bool is_hovered = (table->HoveredColumnBorder == column_n); | ||
| 2979 | const bool is_resized = (table->ResizedColumn == column_n) && (table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent); | ||
| 2980 | const bool is_resizable = (column->Flags & (ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_)) == 0; | ||
| 2981 | const bool is_frozen_separator = (table->FreezeColumnsCount == order_n + 1); | ||
| 2982 | if (column->MaxX > table->InnerClipRect.Max.x && !is_resized) | ||
| 2983 | continue; | ||
| 2984 | |||
| 2985 | // Decide whether right-most column is visible | ||
| 2986 | if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1 && !is_resizable) | ||
| 2987 | if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) != ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame || (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX)) | ||
| 2988 | continue; | ||
| 2989 | if (column->MaxX <= column->ClipRect.Min.x) // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-STYLE: Assume BorderSize==1, this is problematic if we want to increase the border size.. | ||
| 2990 | continue; | ||
| 2991 | |||
| 2992 | // Draw in outer window so right-most column won't be clipped | ||
| 2993 | float draw_y2 = draw_y2_head; | ||
| 2994 | if (is_frozen_separator) | ||
| 2995 | draw_y2 = draw_y2_body; | ||
| 2996 | else if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize) != 0 && (is_hovered || is_resized)) | ||
| 2997 | draw_y2 = draw_y2_body; | ||
| 2998 | else if ((table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody)) == 0) | ||
| 2999 | draw_y2 = draw_y2_body; | ||
| 3000 | if (draw_y2 > draw_y1) | ||
| 3001 | inner_drawlist->AddLineV(column->MaxX, draw_y1, draw_y2, TableGetColumnBorderCol(table, order_n, column_n), border_size); | ||
| 3002 | } | ||
| 3003 | } | ||
| 3004 | |||
| 3005 | // Draw outer border | ||
| 3006 | // FIXME: could use AddRect or explicit VLine/HLine helper? | ||
| 3007 | if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) | ||
| 3008 | { | ||
| 3009 | // Display outer border offset by 1 which is a simple way to display it without adding an extra draw call | ||
| 3010 | // (Without the offset, in outer_window it would be rendered behind cells, because child windows are above their | ||
| 3011 | // parent. In inner_window, it won't reach out over scrollbars. Another weird solution would be to display part | ||
| 3012 | // of it in inner window, and the part that's over scrollbars in the outer window..) | ||
| 3013 | // Either solution currently won't allow us to use a larger border size: the border would clipped. | ||
| 3014 | const ImRect outer_border = table->OuterRect; | ||
| 3015 | const ImU32 outer_col = table->BorderColorStrong; | ||
| 3016 | if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) == ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) | ||
| 3017 | { | ||
| 3018 | inner_drawlist->AddRect(outer_border.Min, outer_border.Max, outer_col, 0.0f, border_size); | ||
| 3019 | } | ||
| 3020 | else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) | ||
| 3021 | { | ||
| 3022 | inner_drawlist->AddLineV(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Min.y, outer_border.Max.y, outer_col, border_size); | ||
| 3023 | inner_drawlist->AddLineV(outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Min.y, outer_border.Max.y, outer_col, border_size); | ||
| 3024 | } | ||
| 3025 | else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH) | ||
| 3026 | { | ||
| 3027 | inner_drawlist->AddLineH(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Min.y, outer_col, border_size); | ||
| 3028 | inner_drawlist->AddLineH(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Max.y, outer_col, border_size); | ||
| 3029 | } | ||
| 3030 | } | ||
| 3031 | if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH) && table->RowPosY2 < table->OuterRect.Max.y) | ||
| 3032 | { | ||
| 3033 | // Draw bottom-most row border between it is above outer border. | ||
| 3034 | const float border_y = table->RowPosY2; | ||
| 3035 | if (border_y >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && border_y < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) | ||
| 3036 | inner_drawlist->AddLineH(table->BorderX1, table->BorderX2, border_y, table->BorderColorLight, border_size); | ||
| 3037 | } | ||
| 3038 | |||
| 3039 | inner_drawlist->PopClipRect(); | ||
| 3040 | } | ||
| 3041 | |||
| 3042 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 3043 | // [SECTION] Tables: Sorting | ||
| 3044 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 3045 | // - TableGetSortSpecs() | ||
| 3046 | // - TableFixColumnSortDirection() [Internal] | ||
| 3047 | // - TableGetColumnNextSortDirection() [Internal] | ||
| 3048 | // - TableSetColumnSortDirection() [Internal] | ||
| 3049 | // - TableSortSpecsSanitize() [Internal] | ||
| 3050 | // - TableSortSpecsBuild() [Internal] | ||
| 3051 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 3052 | |||
| 3053 | // Return NULL if no sort specs (most often when ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is not set) | ||
| 3054 | // When 'sort_specs->SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have | ||
| 3055 | // changed since last call, or the first time. Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, | ||
| 3056 | // else you may wastefully sort your data every frame! | ||
| 3057 | // Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable()! | ||
| 3058 | ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs() | ||
| 3059 | { | ||
| 3060 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 3061 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 3062 | if (table == NULL || !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) | ||
| 3063 | return NULL; | ||
| 3064 | |||
| 3065 | // Require layout (in case TableHeadersRow() hasn't been called) as it may alter IsSortSpecsDirty in some paths. | ||
| 3066 | if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) | ||
| 3067 | TableUpdateLayout(table); | ||
| 3068 | |||
| 3069 | TableSortSpecsBuild(table); | ||
| 3070 | return &table->SortSpecs; | ||
| 3071 | } | ||
| 3072 | |||
| 3073 | static inline ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column, int n) | ||
| 3074 | { | ||
| 3075 | IM_ASSERT(n < column->SortDirectionsAvailCount); | ||
| 3076 | return (ImGuiSortDirection)((column->SortDirectionsAvailList >> (n << 1)) & 0x03); | ||
| 3077 | } | ||
| 3078 | |||
| 3079 | // Fix sort direction if currently set on a value which is unavailable (e.g. activating NoSortAscending/NoSortDescending) | ||
| 3080 | void ImGui::TableFixColumnSortDirection(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column) | ||
| 3081 | { | ||
| 3082 | if (column->SortOrder == -1 || (column->SortDirectionsAvailMask & (1 << column->SortDirection)) != 0) | ||
| 3083 | return; | ||
| 3084 | column->SortDirection = (ImU8)TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0); | ||
| 3085 | table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; | ||
| 3086 | } | ||
| 3087 | |||
| 3088 | // Calculate next sort direction that would be set after clicking the column | ||
| 3089 | // - If the PreferSortDescending flag is set, we will default to a Descending direction on the first click. | ||
| 3090 | // - Note that the PreferSortAscending flag is never checked, it is essentially the default and therefore a no-op. | ||
| 3091 | IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiSortDirection_None == 0 && ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending == 1 && ImGuiSortDirection_Descending == 2); | ||
| 3092 | ImGuiSortDirection ImGui::TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column) | ||
| 3093 | { | ||
| 3094 | IM_ASSERT(column->SortDirectionsAvailCount > 0); | ||
| 3095 | if (column->SortOrder == -1) | ||
| 3096 | return TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0); | ||
| 3097 | for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) | ||
| 3098 | if (column->SortDirection == TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, n)) | ||
| 3099 | return TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, (n + 1) % column->SortDirectionsAvailCount); | ||
| 3100 | IM_ASSERT(0); | ||
| 3101 | return ImGuiSortDirection_None; | ||
| 3102 | } | ||
| 3103 | |||
| 3104 | // Note that the NoSortAscending/NoSortDescending flags are processed in TableSortSpecsSanitize(), and they may change/revert | ||
| 3105 | // the value of SortDirection. We could technically also do it here but it would be unnecessary and duplicate code. | ||
| 3106 | void ImGui::TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs) | ||
| 3107 | { | ||
| 3108 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 3109 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 3110 | |||
| 3111 | if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti)) | ||
| 3112 | append_to_sort_specs = false; | ||
| 3113 | if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate)) | ||
| 3114 | IM_ASSERT(sort_direction != ImGuiSortDirection_None); | ||
| 3115 | |||
| 3116 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx sort_order_max = 0; | ||
| 3117 | if (append_to_sort_specs) | ||
| 3118 | for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++) | ||
| 3119 | sort_order_max = ImMax(sort_order_max, table->Columns[other_column_n].SortOrder); | ||
| 3120 | |||
| 3121 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 3122 | column->SortDirection = (ImU8)sort_direction; | ||
| 3123 | if (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_None) | ||
| 3124 | column->SortOrder = -1; | ||
| 3125 | else if (column->SortOrder == -1 || !append_to_sort_specs) | ||
| 3126 | column->SortOrder = append_to_sort_specs ? sort_order_max + 1 : 0; | ||
| 3127 | |||
| 3128 | for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++) | ||
| 3129 | { | ||
| 3130 | ImGuiTableColumn* other_column = &table->Columns[other_column_n]; | ||
| 3131 | if (other_column != column && !append_to_sort_specs) | ||
| 3132 | other_column->SortOrder = -1; | ||
| 3133 | TableFixColumnSortDirection(table, other_column); | ||
| 3134 | } | ||
| 3135 | table->IsSettingsDirty = true; | ||
| 3136 | table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; | ||
| 3137 | } | ||
| 3138 | |||
| 3139 | void ImGui::TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 3140 | { | ||
| 3141 | IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable); | ||
| 3142 | |||
| 3143 | // Clear SortOrder from hidden column and verify that there's no gap or duplicate. | ||
| 3144 | int sort_order_count = 0; | ||
| 3145 | ImU64 sort_order_mask = 0x00; | ||
| 3146 | for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) | ||
| 3147 | { | ||
| 3148 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 3149 | if (column->SortOrder != -1 && !column->IsEnabled) | ||
| 3150 | column->SortOrder = -1; | ||
| 3151 | if (column->SortOrder == -1) | ||
| 3152 | continue; | ||
| 3153 | sort_order_count++; | ||
| 3154 | sort_order_mask |= ((ImU64)1 << column->SortOrder); | ||
| 3155 | IM_ASSERT(sort_order_count < (int)sizeof(sort_order_mask) * 8); | ||
| 3156 | } | ||
| 3157 | |||
| 3158 | const bool need_fix_linearize = ((ImU64)1 << sort_order_count) != (sort_order_mask + 1); | ||
| 3159 | const bool need_fix_single_sort_order = (sort_order_count > 1) && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti); | ||
| 3160 | if (need_fix_linearize || need_fix_single_sort_order) | ||
| 3161 | { | ||
| 3162 | ImU64 fixed_mask = 0x00; | ||
| 3163 | for (int sort_n = 0; sort_n < sort_order_count; sort_n++) | ||
| 3164 | { | ||
| 3165 | // Fix: Rewrite sort order fields if needed so they have no gap or duplicate. | ||
| 3166 | // (e.g. SortOrder 0 disappeared, SortOrder 1..2 exists --> rewrite then as SortOrder 0..1) | ||
| 3167 | int column_with_smallest_sort_order = -1; | ||
| 3168 | for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) | ||
| 3169 | if ((fixed_mask & ((ImU64)1 << (ImU64)column_n)) == 0 && table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder != -1) | ||
| 3170 | if (column_with_smallest_sort_order == -1 || table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder < table->Columns[column_with_smallest_sort_order].SortOrder) | ||
| 3171 | column_with_smallest_sort_order = column_n; | ||
| 3172 | IM_ASSERT(column_with_smallest_sort_order != -1); | ||
| 3173 | fixed_mask |= ((ImU64)1 << column_with_smallest_sort_order); | ||
| 3174 | table->Columns[column_with_smallest_sort_order].SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)sort_n; | ||
| 3175 | |||
| 3176 | // Fix: Make sure only one column has a SortOrder if ImGuiTableFlags_MultiSortable is not set. | ||
| 3177 | if (need_fix_single_sort_order) | ||
| 3178 | { | ||
| 3179 | sort_order_count = 1; | ||
| 3180 | for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) | ||
| 3181 | if (column_n != column_with_smallest_sort_order) | ||
| 3182 | table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder = -1; | ||
| 3183 | break; | ||
| 3184 | } | ||
| 3185 | } | ||
| 3186 | } | ||
| 3187 | |||
| 3188 | // Fallback default sort order (if no column with the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort flag) | ||
| 3189 | if (sort_order_count == 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate)) | ||
| 3190 | for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) | ||
| 3191 | { | ||
| 3192 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 3193 | if (column->IsEnabled && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) | ||
| 3194 | { | ||
| 3195 | sort_order_count = 1; | ||
| 3196 | column->SortOrder = 0; | ||
| 3197 | column->SortDirection = (ImU8)TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0); | ||
| 3198 | break; | ||
| 3199 | } | ||
| 3200 | } | ||
| 3201 | |||
| 3202 | table->SortSpecsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)sort_order_count; | ||
| 3203 | } | ||
| 3204 | |||
| 3205 | void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 3206 | { | ||
| 3207 | bool dirty = table->IsSortSpecsDirty; | ||
| 3208 | if (dirty) | ||
| 3209 | { | ||
| 3210 | TableSortSpecsSanitize(table); | ||
| 3211 | table->SortSpecsMulti.resize(table->SortSpecsCount <= 1 ? 0 : table->SortSpecsCount); | ||
| 3212 | table->SortSpecs.SpecsDirty = true; // Mark as dirty for user | ||
| 3213 | table->IsSortSpecsDirty = false; // Mark as not dirty for us | ||
| 3214 | } | ||
| 3215 | |||
| 3216 | // Write output | ||
| 3217 | // May be able to move all SortSpecs data from table (48 bytes) to ImGuiTableTempData if we decide to write it back on every BeginTable() | ||
| 3218 | ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_specs = (table->SortSpecsCount == 0) ? NULL : (table->SortSpecsCount == 1) ? &table->SortSpecsSingle : table->SortSpecsMulti.Data; | ||
| 3219 | if (dirty && sort_specs != NULL) | ||
| 3220 | for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) | ||
| 3221 | { | ||
| 3222 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 3223 | if (column->SortOrder == -1) | ||
| 3224 | continue; | ||
| 3225 | IM_ASSERT(column->SortOrder < table->SortSpecsCount); | ||
| 3226 | ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_spec = &sort_specs[column->SortOrder]; | ||
| 3227 | sort_spec->ColumnUserID = column->UserData; | ||
| 3228 | sort_spec->ColumnIndex = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; | ||
| 3229 | sort_spec->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column->SortOrder; | ||
| 3230 | sort_spec->SortDirection = (ImGuiSortDirection)column->SortDirection; | ||
| 3231 | } | ||
| 3232 | |||
| 3233 | table->SortSpecs.Specs = sort_specs; | ||
| 3234 | table->SortSpecs.SpecsCount = table->SortSpecsCount; | ||
| 3235 | } | ||
| 3236 | |||
| 3237 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 3238 | // [SECTION] Tables: Headers | ||
| 3239 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 3240 | // - TableGetHeaderRowHeight() [Internal] | ||
| 3241 | // - TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth() [Internal] | ||
| 3242 | // - TableHeadersRow() | ||
| 3243 | // - TableHeader() | ||
| 3244 | // - TableAngledHeadersRow() | ||
| 3245 | // - TableAngledHeadersRowEx() [Internal] | ||
| 3246 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 3247 | |||
| 3248 | float ImGui::TableGetHeaderRowHeight() | ||
| 3249 | { | ||
| 3250 | // Caring for a minor edge case: | ||
| 3251 | // Calculate row height, for the unlikely case that some labels may be taller than others. | ||
| 3252 | // If we didn't do that, uneven header height would highlight but smaller one before the tallest wouldn't catch input for all height. | ||
| 3253 | // In your custom header row you may omit this all together and just call TableNextRow() without a height... | ||
| 3254 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 3255 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 3256 | float row_height = g.FontSize; | ||
| 3257 | for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) | ||
| 3258 | if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n)) | ||
| 3259 | if ((table->Columns[column_n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel) == 0) | ||
| 3260 | row_height = ImMax(row_height, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(table, column_n)).y); | ||
| 3261 | return row_height + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f; | ||
| 3262 | } | ||
| 3263 | |||
| 3264 | float ImGui::TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth() | ||
| 3265 | { | ||
| 3266 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 3267 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 3268 | float width = 0.0f; | ||
| 3269 | for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) | ||
| 3270 | if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n)) | ||
| 3271 | if (table->Columns[column_n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) | ||
| 3272 | width = ImMax(width, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(table, column_n), NULL, true).x); | ||
| 3273 | return width + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f; // Swap padding | ||
| 3274 | } | ||
| 3275 | |||
| 3276 | // [Public] This is a helper to output TableHeader() calls based on the column names declared in TableSetupColumn(). | ||
| 3277 | // The intent is that advanced users willing to create customized headers would not need to use this helper | ||
| 3278 | // and can create their own! For example: TableHeader() may be preceded by Checkbox() or other custom widgets. | ||
| 3279 | // See 'Demo->Tables->Custom headers' for a demonstration of implementing a custom version of this. | ||
| 3280 | // This code is intentionally written to not make much use of internal functions, to give you better direction | ||
| 3281 | // if you need to write your own. | ||
| 3282 | // FIXME-TABLE: TableOpenContextMenu() and TableGetHeaderRowHeight() are not public. | ||
| 3283 | void ImGui::TableHeadersRow() | ||
| 3284 | { | ||
| 3285 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 3286 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 3287 | IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR_RET(table != NULL, "Call should only be done while in BeginTable() scope!"); | ||
| 3288 | |||
| 3289 | // Call layout if not already done. This is automatically done by TableNextRow: we do it here _only_ to make | ||
| 3290 | // it easier to debug-step in TableUpdateLayout(). Your own version of this function doesn't need this. | ||
| 3291 | if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) | ||
| 3292 | TableUpdateLayout(table); | ||
| 3293 | |||
| 3294 | // Open row | ||
| 3295 | const float row_height = TableGetHeaderRowHeight(); | ||
| 3296 | TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers, row_height); | ||
| 3297 | const float row_y1 = GetCursorScreenPos().y; | ||
| 3298 | if (table->HostSkipItems) // Merely an optimization, you may skip in your own code. | ||
| 3299 | return; | ||
| 3300 | |||
| 3301 | const int columns_count = TableGetColumnCount(); | ||
| 3302 | for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns_count; column_n++) | ||
| 3303 | { | ||
| 3304 | if (!TableSetColumnIndex(column_n) && table->LastHeldHeaderColumn != column_n) | ||
| 3305 | continue; | ||
| 3306 | |||
| 3307 | // Push an id to allow empty/unnamed headers. This is also idiomatic as it ensure there is a consistent ID path to access columns (for e.g. automation) | ||
| 3308 | const char* name = (TableGetColumnFlags(column_n) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel) ? "" : TableGetColumnName(column_n); | ||
| 3309 | PushID(column_n); | ||
| 3310 | TableHeader(name); | ||
| 3311 | PopID(); | ||
| 3312 | } | ||
| 3313 | |||
| 3314 | // Allow opening popup from the right-most section after the last column. | ||
| 3315 | ImVec2 mouse_pos = ImGui::GetMousePos(); | ||
| 3316 | if (IsMouseReleased(1) && TableGetHoveredColumn() == columns_count) | ||
| 3317 | if (mouse_pos.y >= row_y1 && mouse_pos.y < row_y1 + row_height) | ||
| 3318 | TableOpenContextMenu(columns_count); // Will open a non-column-specific popup. | ||
| 3319 | } | ||
| 3320 | |||
| 3321 | // Emit a column header (text + optional sort order) | ||
| 3322 | // We cpu-clip text here so that all columns headers can be merged into a same draw call. | ||
| 3323 | // Note that because of how we cpu-clip and display sorting indicators, you _cannot_ use SameLine() after a TableHeader() | ||
| 3324 | void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) | ||
| 3325 | { | ||
| 3326 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 3327 | ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; | ||
| 3328 | if (window->SkipItems) | ||
| 3329 | return; | ||
| 3330 | |||
| 3331 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 3332 | IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR_RET(table != NULL, "Call should only be done while in BeginTable() scope!"); | ||
| 3333 | IM_ASSERT(table->CurrentColumn != -1); | ||
| 3334 | const int column_n = table->CurrentColumn; | ||
| 3335 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 3336 | |||
| 3337 | // Label | ||
| 3338 | if (label == NULL) | ||
| 3339 | label = ""; | ||
| 3340 | const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); | ||
| 3341 | ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false); | ||
| 3342 | ImVec2 label_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; | ||
| 3343 | |||
| 3344 | // If we already got a row height, there's use that. | ||
| 3345 | // FIXME-TABLE: Padding problem if the correct outer-padding CellBgRect strays off our ClipRect? | ||
| 3346 | ImRect cell_r = TableGetCellBgRect(table, column_n); | ||
| 3347 | float label_height = ImMax(label_size.y, table->RowMinHeight - table->RowCellPaddingY * 2.0f); | ||
| 3348 | |||
| 3349 | // Calculate ideal size for sort order arrow | ||
| 3350 | float w_arrow = 0.0f; | ||
| 3351 | float w_sort_text = 0.0f; | ||
| 3352 | bool sort_arrow = false; | ||
| 3353 | char sort_order_suf[4] = ""; | ||
| 3354 | const float ARROW_SCALE = 0.65f; | ||
| 3355 | if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) | ||
| 3356 | { | ||
| 3357 | w_arrow = ImTrunc(g.FontSize * ARROW_SCALE + g.Style.FramePadding.x); | ||
| 3358 | if (column->SortOrder != -1) | ||
| 3359 | sort_arrow = true; | ||
| 3360 | if (column->SortOrder > 0) | ||
| 3361 | { | ||
| 3362 | ImFormatString(sort_order_suf, IM_COUNTOF(sort_order_suf), "%d", column->SortOrder + 1); | ||
| 3363 | w_sort_text = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + CalcTextSize(sort_order_suf).x; | ||
| 3364 | } | ||
| 3365 | } | ||
| 3366 | |||
| 3367 | // We feed our unclipped width to the column without writing on CursorMaxPos, so that column is still considered for merging. | ||
| 3368 | float max_pos_x = label_pos.x + label_size.x + w_sort_text + w_arrow; | ||
| 3369 | column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, sort_arrow ? cell_r.Max.x : ImMin(max_pos_x, cell_r.Max.x)); | ||
| 3370 | column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, max_pos_x); | ||
| 3371 | |||
| 3372 | // Keep header highlighted when context menu is open. | ||
| 3373 | ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); | ||
| 3374 | ImRect bb(cell_r.Min.x, cell_r.Min.y, cell_r.Max.x, ImMax(cell_r.Max.y, cell_r.Min.y + label_height + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f)); | ||
| 3375 | ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, label_height)); // Don't declare unclipped width, it'll be fed ContentMaxPosHeadersIdeal | ||
| 3376 | if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) | ||
| 3377 | return; | ||
| 3378 | |||
| 3379 | //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(cell_r.Min, cell_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] | ||
| 3380 | //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] | ||
| 3381 | |||
| 3382 | // Using AllowOverlap mode because we cover the whole cell, and we want user to be able to submit subsequent items. | ||
| 3383 | const bool highlight = (table->HighlightColumnHeader == column_n); | ||
| 3384 | bool hovered, held; | ||
| 3385 | bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap); | ||
| 3386 | if (held || hovered || highlight) | ||
| 3387 | { | ||
| 3388 | const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); | ||
| 3389 | //RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); | ||
| 3390 | TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, col, table->CurrentColumn); | ||
| 3391 | } | ||
| 3392 | else | ||
| 3393 | { | ||
| 3394 | // Submit single cell bg color in the case we didn't submit a full header row | ||
| 3395 | if ((table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) == 0) | ||
| 3396 | TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg), table->CurrentColumn); | ||
| 3397 | } | ||
| 3398 | RenderNavCursor(bb, id, ImGuiNavRenderCursorFlags_Compact, 0.0f); | ||
| 3399 | if (held) | ||
| 3400 | table->HeldHeaderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; | ||
| 3401 | window->DC.CursorPos.y -= g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.5f; | ||
| 3402 | |||
| 3403 | // Drag and drop to re-order columns. | ||
| 3404 | // FIXME-TABLE: Scroll request while reordering a column and it lands out of the scrolling zone. | ||
| 3405 | if (held && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && IsMouseDragging(0) && !g.DragDropActive) | ||
| 3406 | { | ||
| 3407 | // - While moving a column it will jump on the other side of the mouse, so we also test for MouseDelta.x | ||
| 3408 | // - We need to handle reordering across hidden columns. | ||
| 3409 | // In the configuration below, moving C to the right of E will lead to: | ||
| 3410 | // ... C [D] E ---> ... [D] E C (Column name/index) | ||
| 3411 | // ... 2 3 4 ... 2 3 4 (Display order) | ||
| 3412 | // - The other constraints are enforced by TableQueueSetColumnDisplayOrder() which might early out. | ||
| 3413 | table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent; | ||
| 3414 | if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x < 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x < cell_r.Min.x) | ||
| 3415 | if (ImGuiTableColumn* prev_column = (column->PrevEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column->PrevEnabledColumn] : NULL) | ||
| 3416 | TableQueueSetColumnDisplayOrder(table, column_n, prev_column->DisplayOrder); | ||
| 3417 | if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x > 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x > cell_r.Max.x) | ||
| 3418 | if (ImGuiTableColumn* next_column = (column->NextEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column->NextEnabledColumn] : NULL) | ||
| 3419 | TableQueueSetColumnDisplayOrder(table, column_n, next_column->DisplayOrder); | ||
| 3420 | } | ||
| 3421 | |||
| 3422 | // Sort order arrow | ||
| 3423 | // - Only clip label for a visible arrow. Auto-fit still accounts for a possible arrow, but when | ||
| 3424 | // manually sized smaller we don't clip the label for the sake of an arrow that isn't displayed. | ||
| 3425 | const float ellipsis_max = ImMax(cell_r.Max.x - (sort_arrow ? w_arrow + w_sort_text : 0.0f), label_pos.x); | ||
| 3426 | if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) | ||
| 3427 | { | ||
| 3428 | if (column->SortOrder != -1) | ||
| 3429 | { | ||
| 3430 | float x = ImMax(cell_r.Min.x, cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text); | ||
| 3431 | float y = label_pos.y; | ||
| 3432 | if (column->SortOrder > 0) | ||
| 3433 | { | ||
| 3434 | PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, 0.70f)); | ||
| 3435 | RenderText(ImVec2(x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, y), sort_order_suf); | ||
| 3436 | PopStyleColor(); | ||
| 3437 | x += w_sort_text; | ||
| 3438 | } | ||
| 3439 | RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(x, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, ARROW_SCALE); | ||
| 3440 | } | ||
| 3441 | |||
| 3442 | // Handle clicking on column header to adjust Sort Order | ||
| 3443 | if (pressed && table->ReorderColumn != column_n) | ||
| 3444 | { | ||
| 3445 | ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction = TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(column); | ||
| 3446 | TableSetColumnSortDirection(column_n, sort_direction, g.IO.KeyShift); | ||
| 3447 | } | ||
| 3448 | } | ||
| 3449 | |||
| 3450 | // Render clipped label. Clipping here ensure that in the majority of situations, all our header cells will | ||
| 3451 | // be merged into a single draw call. | ||
| 3452 | //window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(ellipsis_max, label_pos.y), 40, IM_COL32_WHITE); | ||
| 3453 | RenderTextEllipsis(window->DrawList, label_pos, ImVec2(ellipsis_max, bb.Max.y), ellipsis_max, label, label_end, &label_size); | ||
| 3454 | |||
| 3455 | const bool text_clipped = label_size.x > (ellipsis_max - label_pos.x); | ||
| 3456 | if (text_clipped && hovered && g.ActiveId == 0) | ||
| 3457 | SetItemTooltip("%.*s", (int)(label_end - label), label); | ||
| 3458 | |||
| 3459 | // We don't use BeginPopupContextItem() because we want the popup to stay up even after the column is hidden | ||
| 3460 | if (IsPopupOpenRequestForItem(ImGuiPopupFlags_None, id)) | ||
| 3461 | TableOpenContextMenu(column_n); | ||
| 3462 | |||
| 3463 | IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); | ||
| 3464 | } | ||
| 3465 | |||
| 3466 | // Unlike TableHeadersRow() it is not expected that you can reimplement or customize this with custom widgets. | ||
| 3467 | // FIXME: No hit-testing/button on the angled header. | ||
| 3468 | void ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRow() | ||
| 3469 | { | ||
| 3470 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 3471 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 3472 | ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData; | ||
| 3473 | temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.resize(0); | ||
| 3474 | temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.reserve(table->ColumnsEnabledCount); | ||
| 3475 | |||
| 3476 | // Which column needs highlight? | ||
| 3477 | const ImGuiID row_id = GetID("##AngledHeaders"); | ||
| 3478 | ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); | ||
| 3479 | int highlight_column_n = (table->LastHeldHeaderColumn != -1) ? table->LastHeldHeaderColumn : table->HighlightColumnHeader; | ||
| 3480 | if (highlight_column_n == -1 && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1) | ||
| 3481 | if (table_instance->HoveredRowLast == 0 && table->HoveredColumnBorder == -1 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == row_id || (table->IsActiveIdInTable || g.DragDropActive))) | ||
| 3482 | highlight_column_n = table->HoveredColumnBody; | ||
| 3483 | |||
| 3484 | // Build up request | ||
| 3485 | ImU32 col_header_bg = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg); | ||
| 3486 | ImU32 col_text = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); | ||
| 3487 | for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) | ||
| 3488 | if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n)) | ||
| 3489 | { | ||
| 3490 | const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; | ||
| 3491 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 3492 | if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) == 0) // Note: can't rely on ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible test here. | ||
| 3493 | continue; | ||
| 3494 | ImGuiTableHeaderData request = { (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n, col_text, col_header_bg, (column_n == highlight_column_n) ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Header) : 0 }; | ||
| 3495 | temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.push_back(request); | ||
| 3496 | } | ||
| 3497 | |||
| 3498 | // Render row | ||
| 3499 | TableAngledHeadersRowEx(row_id, g.Style.TableAngledHeadersAngle, 0.0f, temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.Data, temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.Size); | ||
| 3500 | } | ||
| 3501 | |||
| 3502 | // Important: data must be fed left to right | ||
| 3503 | void ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRowEx(ImGuiID row_id, float angle, float max_label_width, const ImGuiTableHeaderData* data, int data_count) | ||
| 3504 | { | ||
| 3505 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 3506 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 3507 | ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; | ||
| 3508 | ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList; | ||
| 3509 | IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR_RET(table != NULL, "Call should only be done while in BeginTable() scope!"); | ||
| 3510 | IM_ASSERT(table->CurrentRow == -1 && "Must be first row"); | ||
| 3511 | |||
| 3512 | if (max_label_width == 0.0f) | ||
| 3513 | max_label_width = TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth(); | ||
| 3514 | |||
| 3515 | // Angle argument expressed in (-IM_PI/2 .. +IM_PI/2) as it is easier to think about for user. | ||
| 3516 | const bool flip_label = (angle < 0.0f); | ||
| 3517 | angle -= IM_PI * 0.5f; | ||
| 3518 | const float cos_a = ImCos(angle); | ||
| 3519 | const float sin_a = ImSin(angle); | ||
| 3520 | const float label_cos_a = flip_label ? ImCos(angle + IM_PI) : cos_a; | ||
| 3521 | const float label_sin_a = flip_label ? ImSin(angle + IM_PI) : sin_a; | ||
| 3522 | const ImVec2 unit_right = ImVec2(cos_a, sin_a); | ||
| 3523 | |||
| 3524 | // Calculate our base metrics and set angled headers data _before_ the first call to TableNextRow() | ||
| 3525 | // FIXME-STYLE: Would it be better for user to submit 'max_label_width' or 'row_height' ? One can be derived from the other. | ||
| 3526 | const float header_height = g.FontSize + g.Style.CellPadding.x * 2.0f; | ||
| 3527 | const float row_height = ImTrunc(ImFabs(ImRotate(ImVec2(max_label_width, flip_label ? +header_height : -header_height), cos_a, sin_a).y)); | ||
| 3528 | table->AngledHeadersHeight = row_height; | ||
| 3529 | table->AngledHeadersSlope = (sin_a != 0.0f) ? (cos_a / sin_a) : 0.0f; | ||
| 3530 | const ImVec2 header_angled_vector = unit_right * (row_height / -sin_a); // vector from bottom-left to top-left, and from bottom-right to top-right | ||
| 3531 | |||
| 3532 | // Declare row, override and draw our own background | ||
| 3533 | // FIXME-TABLE: Generally broken when overlapping frozen columns limit. | ||
| 3534 | TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers, row_height); | ||
| 3535 | TableNextColumn(); | ||
| 3536 | const ImRect row_r(table->WorkRect.Min.x, table->BgClipRect.Min.y, table->WorkRect.Max.x, table->RowPosY2); | ||
| 3537 | table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(draw_list, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0); | ||
| 3538 | float clip_rect_min_x = table->BgClipRect.Min.x; | ||
| 3539 | if (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0) | ||
| 3540 | clip_rect_min_x = ImMax(clip_rect_min_x, table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->FreezeColumnsCount - 1]].MaxX); | ||
| 3541 | TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0, 0); // Cancel | ||
| 3542 | PushClipRect(table->BgClipRect.Min, table->BgClipRect.Max, false); // Span all columns | ||
| 3543 | draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(table->BgClipRect.Min.x, row_r.Min.y), ImVec2(table->BgClipRect.Max.x, row_r.Max.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg, 0.25f)); // FIXME-STYLE: Change row background with an arbitrary color. | ||
| 3544 | PushClipRect(ImVec2(clip_rect_min_x, table->BgClipRect.Min.y), table->BgClipRect.Max, true); // Span all columns | ||
| 3545 | |||
| 3546 | ButtonBehavior(row_r, row_id, NULL, NULL); | ||
| 3547 | KeepAliveID(row_id); | ||
| 3548 | |||
| 3549 | const float ascent_scaled = g.FontBaked->Ascent * g.FontBakedScale; // FIXME: Standardize those scaling factors better | ||
| 3550 | const float line_off_for_ascent_x = (ImMax((g.FontSize - ascent_scaled) * 0.5f, 0.0f) / -sin_a) * (flip_label ? -1.0f : 1.0f); | ||
| 3551 | const ImVec2 padding = g.Style.CellPadding; // We will always use swapped component | ||
| 3552 | const ImVec2 align = g.Style.TableAngledHeadersTextAlign; | ||
| 3553 | |||
| 3554 | // Draw background and labels in first pass, then all borders. | ||
| 3555 | float max_x = -FLT_MAX; | ||
| 3556 | for (int pass = 0; pass < 2; pass++) | ||
| 3557 | for (int order_n = 0; order_n < data_count; order_n++) | ||
| 3558 | { | ||
| 3559 | const ImGuiTableHeaderData* request = &data[order_n]; | ||
| 3560 | const int column_n = request->Index; | ||
| 3561 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 3562 | |||
| 3563 | ImVec2 bg_shape[4]; | ||
| 3564 | bg_shape[0] = ImVec2(column->MaxX, row_r.Max.y); | ||
| 3565 | bg_shape[1] = ImVec2(column->MinX, row_r.Max.y); | ||
| 3566 | bg_shape[2] = bg_shape[1] + header_angled_vector; | ||
| 3567 | bg_shape[3] = bg_shape[0] + header_angled_vector; | ||
| 3568 | if (pass == 0) | ||
| 3569 | { | ||
| 3570 | // Draw shape | ||
| 3571 | draw_list->AddQuadFilled(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[1], bg_shape[2], bg_shape[3], request->BgColor0); | ||
| 3572 | draw_list->AddQuadFilled(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[1], bg_shape[2], bg_shape[3], request->BgColor1); // Optional highlight | ||
| 3573 | max_x = ImMax(max_x, bg_shape[3].x); | ||
| 3574 | |||
| 3575 | // Draw label | ||
| 3576 | // - First draw at an offset where RenderTextXXX() function won't meddle with applying current ClipRect, then transform to final offset. | ||
| 3577 | // - Handle multiple lines manually, as we want each lines to follow on the horizontal border, rather than see a whole block rotated. | ||
| 3578 | const char* label_name = TableGetColumnName(table, column_n); | ||
| 3579 | const char* label_name_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label_name); | ||
| 3580 | const float line_off_step_x = (g.FontSize / -sin_a); | ||
| 3581 | const int label_lines = ImTextCountLines(label_name, label_name_end); | ||
| 3582 | |||
| 3583 | // Left<>Right alignment | ||
| 3584 | float line_off_curr_x = flip_label ? (label_lines - 1) * line_off_step_x : 0.0f; | ||
| 3585 | float line_off_for_align_x = ImFloor(ImMax((((column->MaxX - column->MinX) - padding.x * 2.0f) - (label_lines * line_off_step_x)), 0.0f) * align.x); | ||
| 3586 | line_off_curr_x += line_off_for_align_x - line_off_for_ascent_x; | ||
| 3587 | |||
| 3588 | // Register header width | ||
| 3589 | column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = column->WorkMinX + ImCeil(label_lines * line_off_step_x - line_off_for_align_x); | ||
| 3590 | |||
| 3591 | while (label_name < label_name_end) | ||
| 3592 | { | ||
| 3593 | const char* label_name_eol = strchr(label_name, '\n'); | ||
| 3594 | if (label_name_eol == NULL) | ||
| 3595 | label_name_eol = label_name_end; | ||
| 3596 | |||
| 3597 | // FIXME: Individual line clipping for right-most column is broken for negative angles. | ||
| 3598 | ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label_name, label_name_eol); | ||
| 3599 | float clip_width = max_label_width - padding.y; // Using padding.y*2.0f would be symmetrical but hide more text. | ||
| 3600 | float clip_height = ImMin(label_size.y, column->ClipRect.Max.x - column->WorkMinX - line_off_curr_x); | ||
| 3601 | ImRect clip_r(window->ClipRect.Min, window->ClipRect.Min + ImVec2(clip_width, clip_height)); | ||
| 3602 | int vtx_idx_begin = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx; | ||
| 3603 | PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, request->TextColor); | ||
| 3604 | RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, clip_r.Max.x, label_name, label_name_eol, &label_size); | ||
| 3605 | PopStyleColor(); | ||
| 3606 | int vtx_idx_end = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx; | ||
| 3607 | |||
| 3608 | // Up<>Down alignment | ||
| 3609 | const float available_space = ImMax(clip_width - label_size.x + ImAbs(padding.x * cos_a) * 2.0f - ImAbs(padding.y * sin_a) * 2.0f, 0.0f); | ||
| 3610 | const float vertical_offset = available_space * align.y * (flip_label ? -1.0f : 1.0f); | ||
| 3611 | |||
| 3612 | // Rotate and offset label | ||
| 3613 | ImVec2 pivot_in = ImVec2(window->ClipRect.Min.x - vertical_offset, window->ClipRect.Min.y + label_size.y); | ||
| 3614 | ImVec2 pivot_out = ImVec2(column->WorkMinX, row_r.Max.y); | ||
| 3615 | line_off_curr_x += flip_label ? -line_off_step_x : line_off_step_x; | ||
| 3616 | pivot_out += unit_right * padding.y; | ||
| 3617 | if (flip_label) | ||
| 3618 | pivot_out += unit_right * (clip_width - ImMax(0.0f, clip_width - label_size.x)); | ||
| 3619 | pivot_out.x += flip_label ? line_off_curr_x + line_off_step_x : line_off_curr_x; | ||
| 3620 | ShadeVertsTransformPos(draw_list, vtx_idx_begin, vtx_idx_end, pivot_in, label_cos_a, label_sin_a, pivot_out); // Rotate and offset | ||
| 3621 | //if (g.IO.KeyShift) { ImDrawList* fg_dl = GetForegroundDrawList(); vtx_idx_begin = fg_dl->_VtxCurrentIdx; fg_dl->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); ShadeVertsTransformPos(fg_dl, vtx_idx_begin, fg_dl->_VtxCurrentIdx, pivot_in, label_cos_a, label_sin_a, pivot_out); } | ||
| 3622 | |||
| 3623 | label_name = label_name_eol + 1; | ||
| 3624 | } | ||
| 3625 | } | ||
| 3626 | if (pass == 1) | ||
| 3627 | { | ||
| 3628 | // Draw border | ||
| 3629 | draw_list->AddLine(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[3], TableGetColumnBorderCol(table, order_n, column_n)); | ||
| 3630 | } | ||
| 3631 | } | ||
| 3632 | PopClipRect(); | ||
| 3633 | PopClipRect(); | ||
| 3634 | table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth = ImMax(0.0f, max_x - table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].MaxX); | ||
| 3635 | } | ||
| 3636 | |||
| 3637 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 3638 | // [SECTION] Tables: Context Menu | ||
| 3639 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 3640 | // - TableOpenContextMenu() [Internal] | ||
| 3641 | // - TableBeginContextMenuPopup() [Internal] | ||
| 3642 | // - TableDrawDefaultContextMenu() [Internal] | ||
| 3643 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 3644 | |||
| 3645 | // Use -1 to open menu not specific to a given column. | ||
| 3646 | void ImGui::TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n) | ||
| 3647 | { | ||
| 3648 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 3649 | ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; | ||
| 3650 | if (column_n == -1 && table->CurrentColumn != -1) // When called within a column automatically use this one (for consistency) | ||
| 3651 | column_n = table->CurrentColumn; | ||
| 3652 | if (column_n == table->ColumnsCount) // To facilitate using with TableGetHoveredColumn() | ||
| 3653 | column_n = -1; | ||
| 3654 | IM_ASSERT(column_n >= -1 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); | ||
| 3655 | if (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable)) | ||
| 3656 | { | ||
| 3657 | table->IsContextPopupOpen = true; | ||
| 3658 | table->ContextPopupColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; | ||
| 3659 | table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent; | ||
| 3660 | const ImGuiID context_menu_id = ImHashStr("##ContextMenu", 0, table->ID); | ||
| 3661 | OpenPopupEx(context_menu_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); | ||
| 3662 | } | ||
| 3663 | } | ||
| 3664 | |||
| 3665 | bool ImGui::TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 3666 | { | ||
| 3667 | if (!table->IsContextPopupOpen || table->InstanceCurrent != table->InstanceInteracted) | ||
| 3668 | return false; | ||
| 3669 | const ImGuiID context_menu_id = ImHashStr("##ContextMenu", 0, table->ID); | ||
| 3670 | if (BeginPopupEx(context_menu_id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) | ||
| 3671 | return true; | ||
| 3672 | table->IsContextPopupOpen = false; | ||
| 3673 | return false; | ||
| 3674 | } | ||
| 3675 | |||
| 3676 | // FIXME: Copied from MenuItem() for the purpose of being able to pass _SelectOnRelease (#9312) | ||
| 3677 | static bool MenuItemForColumnReorder(const char* label, bool selected, bool enabled) | ||
| 3678 | { | ||
| 3679 | using namespace ImGui; | ||
| 3680 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 3681 | ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; | ||
| 3682 | |||
| 3683 | ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); | ||
| 3684 | ImGuiMenuColumns* offsets = &window->DC.MenuColumns; | ||
| 3685 | float checkmark_w = IM_TRUNC(g.FontSize * 1.20f); | ||
| 3686 | float min_w = offsets->DeclColumns(0.0f, label_size.x, 0.0f, checkmark_w); // Feedback for next frame | ||
| 3687 | float stretch_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); | ||
| 3688 | ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); | ||
| 3689 | |||
| 3690 | ImGuiID id = GetID(label); | ||
| 3691 | ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth; | ||
| 3692 | if (g.ActiveId == id) | ||
| 3693 | selectable_flags |= ImGuiSelectableFlags_Highlight; // Stays highlighted while dragging. | ||
| 3694 | const bool has_been_moved = (g.ActiveId == id) && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore; // But disable toggling once moved. | ||
| 3695 | |||
| 3696 | BeginDisabled(!enabled); // Don't use ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled so that Check mark is also affected. | ||
| 3697 | bool ret = Selectable(label, false, selectable_flags, ImVec2(min_w, label_size.y)) && !has_been_moved; // Can't use IsMouseDragging(0) as button is released already. | ||
| 3698 | if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible) && selected) | ||
| 3699 | RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, text_pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetMark + stretch_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), g.FontSize * 0.866f); | ||
| 3700 | EndDisabled(); | ||
| 3701 | |||
| 3702 | IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (selected ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); | ||
| 3703 | return ret; | ||
| 3704 | } | ||
| 3705 | |||
| 3706 | // Output context menu into current window (generally a popup) | ||
| 3707 | // FIXME-TABLE: Ideally this should be writable by the user. Full programmatic access to that data? | ||
| 3708 | // Sections to display are pulled from 'flags_for_section_to_display', which is typically == table->Flags. | ||
| 3709 | // - ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable -> display Sizing menu items | ||
| 3710 | // - ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable -> display "Reset Order" | ||
| 3711 | ////- ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable -> display sorting options (disabled) | ||
| 3712 | // - ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable -> display columns visibility menu items | ||
| 3713 | // It means if you have a custom context menus you can call this section and omit some sections, and add your own. | ||
| 3714 | void ImGui::TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableFlags flags_for_section_to_display) | ||
| 3715 | { | ||
| 3716 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 3717 | ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; | ||
| 3718 | if (window->SkipItems) | ||
| 3719 | return; | ||
| 3720 | |||
| 3721 | bool want_separator = false; | ||
| 3722 | const int context_column_n = (table->ContextPopupColumn >= 0 && table->ContextPopupColumn < table->ColumnsCount) ? table->ContextPopupColumn : -1; | ||
| 3723 | ImGuiTableColumn* context_column = (context_column_n != -1) ? &table->Columns[context_column_n] : NULL; | ||
| 3724 | |||
| 3725 | // Sizing | ||
| 3726 | if (flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) | ||
| 3727 | { | ||
| 3728 | if (context_column != NULL) | ||
| 3729 | { | ||
| 3730 | const bool can_resize = !(context_column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) && context_column->IsEnabled; | ||
| 3731 | if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne), NULL, false, can_resize)) // "###SizeOne" | ||
| 3732 | TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, context_column_n); | ||
| 3733 | } | ||
| 3734 | |||
| 3735 | const char* size_all_desc; | ||
| 3736 | if (table->ColumnsEnabledFixedCount == table->ColumnsEnabledCount && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) != ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) | ||
| 3737 | size_all_desc = LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit); // "###SizeAll" All fixed | ||
| 3738 | else | ||
| 3739 | size_all_desc = LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault); // "###SizeAll" All stretch or mixed | ||
| 3740 | if (MenuItem(size_all_desc, NULL)) | ||
| 3741 | TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(table); | ||
| 3742 | want_separator = true; | ||
| 3743 | } | ||
| 3744 | |||
| 3745 | // Reset Order/Visibility etc. | ||
| 3746 | if (flags_for_section_to_display & (ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable)) | ||
| 3747 | if (BeginMenu(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableReset))) | ||
| 3748 | { | ||
| 3749 | //if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableResetAll))) // FIXME: Hiding because altering Sort Order + requesting auto-fit simultaneously has a tendency to exhibit a sizing glitch. | ||
| 3750 | // table->IsResetAllRequest = true; | ||
| 3751 | if (flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) | ||
| 3752 | if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder), NULL, false, !table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder)) // PS: cannot be hidden because it would mess with drag reordering. | ||
| 3753 | table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true; | ||
| 3754 | if (flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) | ||
| 3755 | if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableResetVisibility), NULL, false, !table->IsDefaultVisibility)) | ||
| 3756 | table->IsResetVisibilityRequest = true; | ||
| 3757 | EndMenu(); | ||
| 3758 | } | ||
| 3759 | |||
| 3760 | // Sorting | ||
| 3761 | // (modify TableOpenContextMenu() to add _Sortable flag if enabling this) | ||
| 3762 | #if 0 | ||
| 3763 | if ((flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && column != NULL && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort) == 0) | ||
| 3764 | { | ||
| 3765 | if (want_separator) | ||
| 3766 | Separator(); | ||
| 3767 | want_separator = true; | ||
| 3768 | |||
| 3769 | bool append_to_sort_specs = g.IO.KeyShift; | ||
| 3770 | if (MenuItem("Sort in Ascending Order", NULL, column->SortOrder != -1 && column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending, (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) == 0)) | ||
| 3771 | TableSetColumnSortDirection(table, column_n, ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending, append_to_sort_specs); | ||
| 3772 | if (MenuItem("Sort in Descending Order", NULL, column->SortOrder != -1 && column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending, (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0)) | ||
| 3773 | TableSetColumnSortDirection(table, column_n, ImGuiSortDirection_Descending, append_to_sort_specs); | ||
| 3774 | } | ||
| 3775 | #endif | ||
| 3776 | |||
| 3777 | // Hiding / Visibility | ||
| 3778 | if (flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) | ||
| 3779 | { | ||
| 3780 | if (want_separator) | ||
| 3781 | Separator(); | ||
| 3782 | want_separator = true; | ||
| 3783 | |||
| 3784 | // While reordering: we calculate min/max allowed range once here so we can avoid a O(N log N) in the loop (because the query itself does a sweep scan). | ||
| 3785 | // This assume that reordering constraints output a single range, otherwise would need to either call TableGetMaxDisplayOrderAllowed() for each item below, or cache this once per frame into columns. | ||
| 3786 | const bool is_reordering = (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow == g.CurrentWindow && table->ReorderColumn != -1 && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore); // FIXME: This is a bit of a hack. | ||
| 3787 | const int reorder_src_order = is_reordering ? table->Columns[table->ReorderColumn].DisplayOrder : -1; | ||
| 3788 | const int reorder_min_order = is_reordering ? TableGetMaxDisplayOrderAllowed(table, reorder_src_order, 0) : 0; | ||
| 3789 | const int reorder_max_order = is_reordering ? TableGetMaxDisplayOrderAllowed(table, reorder_src_order, table->ColumnsCount - 1) : table->ColumnsCount - 1; | ||
| 3790 | PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups, false); | ||
| 3791 | for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) | ||
| 3792 | { | ||
| 3793 | const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; | ||
| 3794 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; | ||
| 3795 | if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) | ||
| 3796 | continue; | ||
| 3797 | |||
| 3798 | const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, column_n); | ||
| 3799 | if (name == NULL || name[0] == 0) | ||
| 3800 | name = "<Unknown>"; | ||
| 3801 | |||
| 3802 | // Make sure we can't hide the last active column | ||
| 3803 | bool menu_item_enabled = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide) ? false : true; | ||
| 3804 | if (column->IsUserEnabled && table->ColumnsEnabledCount <= 1) | ||
| 3805 | menu_item_enabled = false; | ||
| 3806 | if (is_reordering && (column->DisplayOrder < reorder_min_order || column->DisplayOrder > reorder_max_order)) | ||
| 3807 | menu_item_enabled = false; | ||
| 3808 | if (MenuItemForColumnReorder(name, column->IsUserEnabled, menu_item_enabled)) | ||
| 3809 | column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = !column->IsUserEnabled; | ||
| 3810 | |||
| 3811 | // Drag to reorder | ||
| 3812 | // FIXME: It is currently not possible to reorder columns marked with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide. | ||
| 3813 | if (IsItemActive() && IsMouseDragging(0) && g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable)) | ||
| 3814 | { | ||
| 3815 | g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true; // Disable toggle in MenuItemForColumnReorder() + start dimming to display allowed reorder targets. | ||
| 3816 | table->ReorderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; | ||
| 3817 | if (!IsItemHovered()) | ||
| 3818 | { | ||
| 3819 | int reorder_dir = (g.IO.MousePos.y < (g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y + g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.y) * 0.5f) ? -1 : +1; | ||
| 3820 | float reorder_amount = (reorder_dir < 0 ? g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y - g.IO.MousePos.y : g.IO.MousePos.y - g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.y) / g.LastItemData.Rect.GetHeight(); | ||
| 3821 | int dst_order = column->DisplayOrder + (int)ImCeil(reorder_amount) * reorder_dir; // Estimated target order, will be validated and clamped. | ||
| 3822 | TableQueueSetColumnDisplayOrder(table, column_n, dst_order); | ||
| 3823 | } | ||
| 3824 | } | ||
| 3825 | } | ||
| 3826 | PopItemFlag(); | ||
| 3827 | } | ||
| 3828 | } | ||
| 3829 | |||
| 3830 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 3831 | // [SECTION] Tables: Settings (.ini data) | ||
| 3832 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 3833 | // FIXME: The binding/finding/creating flow are too confusing. | ||
| 3834 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 3835 | // - TableSettingsInit() [Internal] | ||
| 3836 | // - TableSettingsCalcChunkSize() [Internal] | ||
| 3837 | // - TableSettingsCreate() [Internal] | ||
| 3838 | // - TableSettingsFindByID() [Internal] | ||
| 3839 | // - TableGetBoundSettings() [Internal] | ||
| 3840 | // - TableResetSettings() | ||
| 3841 | // - TableSaveSettings() [Internal] | ||
| 3842 | // - TableLoadSettings() [Internal] | ||
| 3843 | // - TableLoadSettingsForColumns() [Internal] | ||
| 3844 | // - TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll() [Internal] | ||
| 3845 | // - TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll() [Internal] | ||
| 3846 | // - TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen() [Internal] | ||
| 3847 | // - TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine() [Internal] | ||
| 3848 | // - TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll() [Internal] | ||
| 3849 | // - TableSettingsInstallHandler() [Internal] | ||
| 3850 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 3851 | // [Init] 1: TableSettingsHandler_ReadXXXX() Load and parse .ini file into TableSettings. | ||
| 3852 | // [Main] 2: TableLoadSettings() When table is created, bind Table to TableSettings, serialize TableSettings data into Table. | ||
| 3853 | // [Main] 3: TableSaveSettings() When table properties are modified, serialize Table data into bound or new TableSettings, mark .ini as dirty. | ||
| 3854 | // [Main] 4: TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll() When .ini file is dirty (which can come from other source), save TableSettings into .ini file. | ||
| 3855 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 3856 | |||
| 3857 | // Clear and initialize empty settings instance | ||
| 3858 | static void TableSettingsInit(ImGuiTableSettings* settings, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, int columns_count_max) | ||
| 3859 | { | ||
| 3860 | IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiTableSettings(); | ||
| 3861 | ImGuiTableColumnSettings* settings_column = settings->GetColumnSettings(); | ||
| 3862 | for (int n = 0; n < columns_count_max; n++, settings_column++) | ||
| 3863 | IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings_column) ImGuiTableColumnSettings(); | ||
| 3864 | settings->ID = id; | ||
| 3865 | settings->ColumnsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns_count; | ||
| 3866 | settings->ColumnsCountMax = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns_count_max; | ||
| 3867 | settings->WantApply = true; | ||
| 3868 | } | ||
| 3869 | |||
| 3870 | static size_t TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(int columns_count) | ||
| 3871 | { | ||
| 3872 | return sizeof(ImGuiTableSettings) + (size_t)columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnSettings); | ||
| 3873 | } | ||
| 3874 | |||
| 3875 | ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableSettingsCreate(ImGuiID id, int columns_count) | ||
| 3876 | { | ||
| 3877 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 3878 | if (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = TableSettingsFindByID(id)) | ||
| 3879 | { | ||
| 3880 | if (settings->ColumnsCountMax >= columns_count) | ||
| 3881 | { | ||
| 3882 | TableSettingsInit(settings, id, columns_count, settings->ColumnsCountMax); // Recycle | ||
| 3883 | return settings; | ||
| 3884 | } | ||
| 3885 | settings->ID = 0; // Invalidate storage, we won't fit because of a count change | ||
| 3886 | } | ||
| 3887 | ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.alloc_chunk(TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(columns_count)); | ||
| 3888 | TableSettingsInit(settings, id, columns_count, columns_count); | ||
| 3889 | return settings; | ||
| 3890 | } | ||
| 3891 | |||
| 3892 | // Find existing settings | ||
| 3893 | ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id) | ||
| 3894 | { | ||
| 3895 | // FIXME-OPT: Might want to store a lookup map for this? | ||
| 3896 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 3897 | for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) | ||
| 3898 | if (settings->ID == id) | ||
| 3899 | return settings; | ||
| 3900 | return NULL; | ||
| 3901 | } | ||
| 3902 | |||
| 3903 | // Get settings for a given table, NULL if none | ||
| 3904 | ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableGetBoundSettings(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 3905 | { | ||
| 3906 | if (table->SettingsOffset == -1) | ||
| 3907 | return NULL; | ||
| 3908 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 3909 | ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.ptr_from_offset(table->SettingsOffset); | ||
| 3910 | IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == table->ID); | ||
| 3911 | return settings; | ||
| 3912 | } | ||
| 3913 | |||
| 3914 | // Restore initial state of table (with or without saved settings) | ||
| 3915 | void ImGui::TableResetSettings(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 3916 | { | ||
| 3917 | table->IsInitializing = table->IsSettingsDirty = true; | ||
| 3918 | table->IsResetAllRequest = false; | ||
| 3919 | table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = false; // Don't reload from ini | ||
| 3920 | table->SettingsLoadedFlags = ImGuiTableFlags_None; // Mark as nothing loaded so our initialized data becomes authoritative | ||
| 3921 | } | ||
| 3922 | |||
| 3923 | void ImGui::TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 3924 | { | ||
| 3925 | table->IsSettingsDirty = false; | ||
| 3926 | if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings) | ||
| 3927 | return; | ||
| 3928 | |||
| 3929 | // Bind or create settings data | ||
| 3930 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 3931 | ImGuiTableSettings* settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table); | ||
| 3932 | if (settings != NULL && table->ColumnsCount > settings->ColumnsCountMax) | ||
| 3933 | { | ||
| 3934 | settings->ID = 0; // Invalidate storage, we won't fit because of a count change | ||
| 3935 | settings = NULL; | ||
| 3936 | } | ||
| 3937 | if (settings == NULL) | ||
| 3938 | { | ||
| 3939 | settings = TableSettingsCreate(table->ID, table->ColumnsCount); | ||
| 3940 | table->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsTables.offset_from_ptr(settings); | ||
| 3941 | } | ||
| 3942 | settings->ColumnsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)table->ColumnsCount; | ||
| 3943 | settings->LastUsedDate = g.SessionDate; | ||
| 3944 | |||
| 3945 | // Serialize ImGuiTable/ImGuiTableColumn into ImGuiTableSettings/ImGuiTableColumnSettings | ||
| 3946 | IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == table->ID); | ||
| 3947 | IM_ASSERT(settings->ColumnsCount == table->ColumnsCount && settings->ColumnsCountMax >= settings->ColumnsCount); | ||
| 3948 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = table->Columns.Data; | ||
| 3949 | ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = settings->GetColumnSettings(); | ||
| 3950 | |||
| 3951 | bool save_ref_scale = false; | ||
| 3952 | settings->SaveFlags = ImGuiTableFlags_None; | ||
| 3953 | for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++, column++, column_settings++) | ||
| 3954 | { | ||
| 3955 | const float width_or_weight = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? column->StretchWeight : column->WidthRequest; | ||
| 3956 | column_settings->ID = column->ID; | ||
| 3957 | column_settings->WidthOrWeight = width_or_weight; | ||
| 3958 | column_settings->Index = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; | ||
| 3959 | column_settings->DisplayOrder = column->DisplayOrder; | ||
| 3960 | column_settings->SortOrder = column->SortOrder; | ||
| 3961 | column_settings->SortDirection = column->SortDirection; | ||
| 3962 | column_settings->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled; | ||
| 3963 | column_settings->IsStretch = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? 1 : 0; | ||
| 3964 | if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) == 0) | ||
| 3965 | save_ref_scale = true; | ||
| 3966 | |||
| 3967 | // We skip saving some data in the .ini file when they are unnecessary to restore our state. | ||
| 3968 | // Note that fixed width where initial width was derived from auto-fit will always be saved as InitStretchWeightOrWidth will be 0.0f. | ||
| 3969 | // FIXME-TABLE: We don't have logic to easily compare SortOrder to DefaultSortOrder yet so it's always saved when present. | ||
| 3970 | if (width_or_weight != column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth) | ||
| 3971 | settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; | ||
| 3972 | if (column->DisplayOrder != n) | ||
| 3973 | settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable; | ||
| 3974 | if (column->SortOrder != -1) | ||
| 3975 | settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable; | ||
| 3976 | if (column->IsUserEnabled != ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) == 0)) | ||
| 3977 | settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; | ||
| 3978 | } | ||
| 3979 | settings->SaveFlags &= table->Flags; | ||
| 3980 | settings->RefScale = save_ref_scale ? table->RefScale : 0.0f; | ||
| 3981 | |||
| 3982 | MarkIniSettingsDirty(); | ||
| 3983 | } | ||
| 3984 | |||
| 3985 | void ImGui::TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 3986 | { | ||
| 3987 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 3988 | if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings) | ||
| 3989 | { | ||
| 3990 | table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = false; // Done | ||
| 3991 | return; | ||
| 3992 | } | ||
| 3993 | |||
| 3994 | // Bind settings | ||
| 3995 | ImGuiTableSettings* settings; | ||
| 3996 | if (table->SettingsOffset == -1) | ||
| 3997 | { | ||
| 3998 | settings = TableSettingsFindByID(table->ID); | ||
| 3999 | if (settings == NULL) | ||
| 4000 | return; | ||
| 4001 | if (settings->ColumnsCount != table->ColumnsCount) // Allow settings if columns count changed. We could otherwise decide to return... | ||
| 4002 | table->IsSettingsDirty = true; | ||
| 4003 | table->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsTables.offset_from_ptr(settings); | ||
| 4004 | } | ||
| 4005 | else | ||
| 4006 | { | ||
| 4007 | settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table); | ||
| 4008 | } | ||
| 4009 | |||
| 4010 | table->SettingsLoadedFlags = settings->SaveFlags; | ||
| 4011 | table->RefScale = settings->RefScale; | ||
| 4012 | settings->LastUsedDate = g.SessionDate; | ||
| 4013 | // TableUpdateLayout() will then call TableLoadSettingsForColumns() to apply the data. | ||
| 4014 | } | ||
| 4015 | |||
| 4016 | // NB: This was written to be similar to the logic in TableReconcileColumns(). | ||
| 4017 | void ImGui::TableLoadSettingsForColumns(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 4018 | { | ||
| 4019 | for (ImGuiTableColumn& column : table->Columns) | ||
| 4020 | column.IsLoadedSettings = false; | ||
| 4021 | ImGuiTableSettings* settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table); | ||
| 4022 | if (settings == NULL) | ||
| 4023 | return; | ||
| 4024 | |||
| 4025 | table->SettingsLoadedFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable; // We handle above in code above. | ||
| 4026 | |||
| 4027 | // Serialize ImGuiTableSettings/ImGuiTableColumnSettings into ImGuiTable/ImGuiTableColumn | ||
| 4028 | ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = settings->GetColumnSettings(); | ||
| 4029 | |||
| 4030 | // Fast path | ||
| 4031 | int matches = 0; | ||
| 4032 | for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) | ||
| 4033 | { | ||
| 4034 | if (n >= settings->ColumnsCount || column_settings[n].ID != table->Columns[n].ID) | ||
| 4035 | break; | ||
| 4036 | TableLoadSettingsForColumn(&table->Columns[n], &column_settings[n], settings->SaveFlags); | ||
| 4037 | matches++; | ||
| 4038 | } | ||
| 4039 | if (matches == settings->ColumnsCount) | ||
| 4040 | return; | ||
| 4041 | const int settings_start_n = matches; // Small optimization | ||
| 4042 | for (int n = settings_start_n; n < settings->ColumnsCount; n++) | ||
| 4043 | column_settings[n].IsLoaded = false; | ||
| 4044 | |||
| 4045 | // Find matches for named columns | ||
| 4046 | for (ImGuiTableColumn& column : table->Columns) | ||
| 4047 | if (column.ID != 0 && !column.IsLoadedSettings) | ||
| 4048 | for (int n = settings_start_n; n < settings->ColumnsCount; n++) | ||
| 4049 | if (column_settings[n].ID == column.ID && !column_settings[n].IsLoaded) | ||
| 4050 | { | ||
| 4051 | TableLoadSettingsForColumn(&column, &column_settings[n], settings->SaveFlags); | ||
| 4052 | matches++; | ||
| 4053 | break; | ||
| 4054 | } | ||
| 4055 | |||
| 4056 | // Remaining entries are matched sequentially | ||
| 4057 | int dst_idx = 0; | ||
| 4058 | for (int n = settings_start_n; n < settings->ColumnsCount; n++) | ||
| 4059 | if (!column_settings[n].IsLoaded) | ||
| 4060 | { | ||
| 4061 | while (dst_idx < table->ColumnsCount && table->Columns[dst_idx].IsLoadedSettings) | ||
| 4062 | dst_idx++; | ||
| 4063 | if (dst_idx >= table->ColumnsCount) | ||
| 4064 | break; | ||
| 4065 | TableLoadSettingsForColumn(&table->Columns[dst_idx], &column_settings[n], settings->SaveFlags); | ||
| 4066 | dst_idx++; | ||
| 4067 | } | ||
| 4068 | } | ||
| 4069 | |||
| 4070 | void ImGui::TableLoadSettingsForColumn(ImGuiTableColumn* column, ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings, ImGuiTableFlags load_flags) | ||
| 4071 | { | ||
| 4072 | column->IsLoadedSettings = true; | ||
| 4073 | column_settings->IsLoaded = true; | ||
| 4074 | if (load_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) | ||
| 4075 | { | ||
| 4076 | if (column_settings->IsStretch) | ||
| 4077 | column->StretchWeight = column_settings->WidthOrWeight; | ||
| 4078 | else | ||
| 4079 | column->WidthRequest = column_settings->WidthOrWeight; | ||
| 4080 | column->AutoFitQueue = 0x00; | ||
| 4081 | } | ||
| 4082 | if (load_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) | ||
| 4083 | column->DisplayOrder = column_settings->DisplayOrder; | ||
| 4084 | else | ||
| 4085 | column->DisplayOrder = column_settings->Index; // Because default depends on previous Index, we need to set that up and cannot rely on TableInitColumnDefaults() | ||
| 4086 | if ((load_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) && column_settings->IsEnabled != -1) | ||
| 4087 | column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = (column_settings->IsEnabled == 1); | ||
| 4088 | column->SortOrder = column_settings->SortOrder; | ||
| 4089 | column->SortDirection = column_settings->SortDirection; | ||
| 4090 | } | ||
| 4091 | |||
| 4092 | struct ImGuiTableFixDisplayOrderColumnData | ||
| 4093 | { | ||
| 4094 | ImGuiTableColumnIdx Idx; | ||
| 4095 | ImGuiTable* Table; // This is unfortunate but we don't have userdata in qsort api. | ||
| 4096 | }; | ||
| 4097 | |||
| 4098 | // Sort by DisplayOrder and then Index | ||
| 4099 | static int IMGUI_CDECL TableFixDisplayOrderComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) | ||
| 4100 | { | ||
| 4101 | const ImGuiTable* table = ((const ImGuiTableFixDisplayOrderColumnData*)lhs)->Table; | ||
| 4102 | const ImGuiTableColumnIdx lhs_idx = ((const ImGuiTableFixDisplayOrderColumnData*)lhs)->Idx; | ||
| 4103 | const ImGuiTableColumnIdx rhs_idx = ((const ImGuiTableFixDisplayOrderColumnData*)rhs)->Idx; | ||
| 4104 | // Assume ImGuiTableColumnIdx == signed short, to turn -1 into a large value so that it always sort after. | ||
| 4105 | const int order_delta = ((unsigned short)table->Columns[lhs_idx].DisplayOrder - (unsigned short)table->Columns[rhs_idx].DisplayOrder); | ||
| 4106 | return (order_delta > 0) ? +1 : (order_delta < 0) ? -1 : (lhs_idx > rhs_idx) ? +1 : -1; | ||
| 4107 | } | ||
| 4108 | |||
| 4109 | // Fix invalid display order data: compact values (0,1,3 -> 0,1,2); preserve relative order (0,3,1 -> 0,2,1); deduplicate (0,4,1,1 -> 0,3,1,2) | ||
| 4110 | void ImGui::TableFixDisplayOrder(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 4111 | { | ||
| 4112 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 4113 | g.TempBuffer.reserve((int)(sizeof(ImGuiTableFixDisplayOrderColumnData) * table->ColumnsCount)); // FIXME: Maybe wrap those two lines as a helper. | ||
| 4114 | ImGuiTableFixDisplayOrderColumnData* fdo_columns = (ImGuiTableFixDisplayOrderColumnData*)(void*)g.TempBuffer.Data; | ||
| 4115 | for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) | ||
| 4116 | { | ||
| 4117 | fdo_columns[n].Idx = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; | ||
| 4118 | fdo_columns[n].Table = table; | ||
| 4119 | } | ||
| 4120 | ImQsort(fdo_columns, (size_t)table->ColumnsCount, sizeof(ImGuiTableFixDisplayOrderColumnData), TableFixDisplayOrderComparer); | ||
| 4121 | for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) | ||
| 4122 | table->Columns[fdo_columns[n].Idx].DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; | ||
| 4123 | for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) | ||
| 4124 | table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->Columns[n].DisplayOrder] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; | ||
| 4125 | } | ||
| 4126 | |||
| 4127 | static void TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) | ||
| 4128 | { | ||
| 4129 | ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; | ||
| 4130 | for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetMapSize(); i++) | ||
| 4131 | if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(i)) | ||
| 4132 | table->SettingsOffset = -1; | ||
| 4133 | g.SettingsTables.clear(); | ||
| 4134 | } | ||
| 4135 | |||
| 4136 | static void TableSettingsHandler_Cleanup(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, ImGuiSettingsCleanupArgs* args) | ||
| 4137 | { | ||
| 4138 | ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; | ||
| 4139 | for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetMapSize(); i++) | ||
| 4140 | if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(i)) | ||
| 4141 | table->SettingsOffset = -1; | ||
| 4142 | for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) | ||
| 4143 | { | ||
| 4144 | const bool is_valid = settings->LastUsedDate.IsValid(); | ||
| 4145 | if (args->_DiscardOlderThanDate != 0 && settings->LastUsedDate.Unpack() < args->_DiscardOlderThanDate) | ||
| 4146 | settings->ID = 0; | ||
| 4147 | else if (args->DiscardWhenMissingDate && !is_valid) | ||
| 4148 | settings->ID = 0; | ||
| 4149 | else if (args->SetCurrentSessionDateToAll || (args->SetCurrentSessionDateWhenMissingDate && !is_valid)) | ||
| 4150 | settings->LastUsedDate = g.SessionDate; | ||
| 4151 | } | ||
| 4152 | } | ||
| 4153 | |||
| 4154 | // Apply to existing windows (if any) | ||
| 4155 | static void TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) | ||
| 4156 | { | ||
| 4157 | ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; | ||
| 4158 | for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetMapSize(); i++) | ||
| 4159 | if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(i)) | ||
| 4160 | { | ||
| 4161 | table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = true; | ||
| 4162 | table->SettingsOffset = -1; | ||
| 4163 | } | ||
| 4164 | } | ||
| 4165 | |||
| 4166 | static void* TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name) | ||
| 4167 | { | ||
| 4168 | // FIXME: As topology changes are allowed, strictly speaking a >= IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS tables stored in .ini file | ||
| 4169 | // that was emitted with a higher max count could still be meaningful in some unlikely cases. | ||
| 4170 | // We might want to use another MAX defined as (1<<(sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnIdx)*8-1))-1. | ||
| 4171 | ImGuiID id = 0; | ||
| 4172 | int columns_count = 0; | ||
| 4173 | if (sscanf(name, "0x%08X,%d", &id, &columns_count) < 2 || columns_count <= 0 || columns_count >= IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS) | ||
| 4174 | return NULL; | ||
| 4175 | return ImGui::TableSettingsCreate(id, columns_count); | ||
| 4176 | } | ||
| 4177 | |||
| 4178 | static void TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line) | ||
| 4179 | { | ||
| 4180 | // "Column 0 UserID=0x42AD2D21 Width=100 Visible=1 Order=0 Sort=0v" | ||
| 4181 | ImGuiTableSettings* settings = (ImGuiTableSettings*)entry; | ||
| 4182 | float f = 0.0f; | ||
| 4183 | int column_n = 0, r = 0, n = 0; | ||
| 4184 | |||
| 4185 | if (sscanf(line, "RefScale=%f", &f) == 1) { settings->RefScale = f; return; } | ||
| 4186 | if (sscanf(line, "LastUsed=%d", &n) == 1) { settings->LastUsedDate = n; return; } | ||
| 4187 | |||
| 4188 | if (sscanf(line, "Column %d%n", &column_n, &r) == 1) | ||
| 4189 | { | ||
| 4190 | if (column_n < 0 || column_n >= settings->ColumnsCount) | ||
| 4191 | return; | ||
| 4192 | line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); | ||
| 4193 | char c = 0; | ||
| 4194 | ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column = settings->GetColumnSettings() + column_n; | ||
| 4195 | column->Index = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; | ||
| 4196 | if (sscanf(line, "UserID=0x%08X%n", (ImU32*)&n, &r)==1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); } // FIXME-LEGACY: Removed 2025/11/12, was never properly set. | ||
| 4197 | if (sscanf(line, "Width=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->WidthOrWeight = (float)n; column->IsStretch = 0; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; } | ||
| 4198 | if (sscanf(line, "Weight=%f%n", &f, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->WidthOrWeight = f; column->IsStretch = 1; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; } | ||
| 4199 | if (sscanf(line, "Visible=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->IsEnabled = (ImU8)n; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; } | ||
| 4200 | if (sscanf(line, "Order=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable; } | ||
| 4201 | if (sscanf(line, "Sort=%d%c%n", &n, &c, &r) == 2) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; column->SortDirection = (c == '^') ? ImGuiSortDirection_Descending : ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable; } | ||
| 4202 | if (sscanf(line, "ID=0x%08X%n", (ImU32*)&n, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->ID = (ImGuiID)n; } | ||
| 4203 | } | ||
| 4204 | } | ||
| 4205 | |||
| 4206 | static void TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf) | ||
| 4207 | { | ||
| 4208 | ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; | ||
| 4209 | for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) | ||
| 4210 | { | ||
| 4211 | if (settings->ID == 0) // Skip ditched settings | ||
| 4212 | continue; | ||
| 4213 | |||
| 4214 | // TableSaveSettings() may clear some of those flags when we establish that the data can be stripped | ||
| 4215 | // (e.g. Order was unchanged) | ||
| 4216 | const bool save_size = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) != 0; | ||
| 4217 | const bool save_visible = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) != 0; | ||
| 4218 | const bool save_order = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) != 0; | ||
| 4219 | const bool save_sort = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) != 0; | ||
| 4220 | // We need to save the [Table] entry even if all the bools are false, since this records a table with "default settings". | ||
| 4221 | |||
| 4222 | buf->reserve(buf->size() + 30 + settings->ColumnsCount * 50); // ballpark reserve | ||
| 4223 | buf->appendf("[%s][0x%08X,%d]\n", handler->TypeName, settings->ID, settings->ColumnsCount); | ||
| 4224 | if (settings->RefScale != 0.0f) | ||
| 4225 | buf->appendf("RefScale=%g\n", settings->RefScale); | ||
| 4226 | ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column = settings->GetColumnSettings(); | ||
| 4227 | for (int column_n = 0; column_n < settings->ColumnsCount; column_n++, column++) | ||
| 4228 | { | ||
| 4229 | // "Column 0 UserID=0x42AD2D21 Width=100 Visible=1 Order=0 Sort=0v" | ||
| 4230 | bool save_column = save_size || save_visible || save_order || (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1); | ||
| 4231 | if (!save_column) | ||
| 4232 | continue; | ||
| 4233 | buf->appendf("Column %-2d", column_n); | ||
| 4234 | if (save_size && column->IsStretch) { buf->appendf(" Weight=%.4f", column->WidthOrWeight); } | ||
| 4235 | if (save_size && !column->IsStretch) { buf->appendf(" Width=%d", (int)column->WidthOrWeight); } | ||
| 4236 | if (save_visible) { buf->appendf(" Visible=%d", column->IsEnabled); } | ||
| 4237 | if (save_order) { buf->appendf(" Order=%d", column->DisplayOrder); } | ||
| 4238 | if (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1) { buf->appendf(" Sort=%d%c", column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? 'v' : '^'); } | ||
| 4239 | if (column->ID != 0) { buf->appendf(" ID=0x%08X", column->ID); } | ||
| 4240 | buf->append("\n"); | ||
| 4241 | } | ||
| 4242 | if (g.IO.ConfigIniSettingsSaveLastUsedDate) | ||
| 4243 | if (int last_used_date = settings->LastUsedDate.Unpack()) | ||
| 4244 | buf->appendf("LastUsed=%08d\n", last_used_date); | ||
| 4245 | buf->append("\n"); | ||
| 4246 | } | ||
| 4247 | } | ||
| 4248 | |||
| 4249 | void ImGui::TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler() | ||
| 4250 | { | ||
| 4251 | ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; | ||
| 4252 | ini_handler.TypeName = "Table"; | ||
| 4253 | ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Table"); | ||
| 4254 | ini_handler.ClearAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll; | ||
| 4255 | ini_handler.CleanupFn = TableSettingsHandler_Cleanup; | ||
| 4256 | ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen; | ||
| 4257 | ini_handler.ReadLineFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine; | ||
| 4258 | ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll; | ||
| 4259 | ini_handler.WriteAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll; | ||
| 4260 | AddSettingsHandler(&ini_handler); | ||
| 4261 | } | ||
| 4262 | |||
| 4263 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 4264 | // [SECTION] Tables: Garbage Collection | ||
| 4265 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 4266 | // - TableRemove() [Internal] | ||
| 4267 | // - TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() [Internal] | ||
| 4268 | // - TableGcCompactSettings() [Internal] | ||
| 4269 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 4270 | |||
| 4271 | // Remove Table data (currently only used by TestEngine) | ||
| 4272 | void ImGui::TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 4273 | { | ||
| 4274 | //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableRemove() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID); | ||
| 4275 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 4276 | int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table); | ||
| 4277 | //memset(table->RawData.Data, 0, table->RawData.size_in_bytes()); | ||
| 4278 | //memset(table, 0, sizeof(ImGuiTable)); | ||
| 4279 | g.Tables.Remove(table->ID, table); | ||
| 4280 | g.TablesLastTimeActive[table_idx] = -1.0f; | ||
| 4281 | } | ||
| 4282 | |||
| 4283 | // Free up/compact internal Table buffers for when it gets unused | ||
| 4284 | void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 4285 | { | ||
| 4286 | //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID); | ||
| 4287 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 4288 | IM_ASSERT(table->MemoryCompacted == false); | ||
| 4289 | table->SortSpecs.Specs = NULL; | ||
| 4290 | table->SortSpecsMulti.clear(); | ||
| 4291 | table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; // FIXME: In theory shouldn't have to leak into user performing a sort on resume. | ||
| 4292 | table->ColumnsNames.clear(); | ||
| 4293 | table->MemoryCompacted = true; | ||
| 4294 | for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) | ||
| 4295 | table->Columns[n].NameOffset = -1; | ||
| 4296 | g.TablesLastTimeActive[g.Tables.GetIndex(table)] = -1.0f; | ||
| 4297 | } | ||
| 4298 | |||
| 4299 | void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data) | ||
| 4300 | { | ||
| 4301 | temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.clear(); | ||
| 4302 | temp_data->DrawSplitter.ClearFreeMemory(); | ||
| 4303 | temp_data->LastTimeActive = -1.0f; | ||
| 4304 | } | ||
| 4305 | |||
| 4306 | // Compact and remove unused or resize settings data (only TestEngine mark unused, but resizing table down can lead to compaction) | ||
| 4307 | void ImGui::TableGcCompactSettings() | ||
| 4308 | { | ||
| 4309 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 4310 | int required_memory = 0; | ||
| 4311 | for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) | ||
| 4312 | if (settings->ID != 0) | ||
| 4313 | required_memory += (int)TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount); | ||
| 4314 | if (required_memory == g.SettingsTables.Buf.Size) | ||
| 4315 | return; | ||
| 4316 | ImChunkStream<ImGuiTableSettings> new_chunk_stream; | ||
| 4317 | new_chunk_stream.Buf.reserve(required_memory); | ||
| 4318 | for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) | ||
| 4319 | if (settings->ID != 0) | ||
| 4320 | memcpy(new_chunk_stream.alloc_chunk(TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount)), settings, TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount)); | ||
| 4321 | g.SettingsTables.swap(new_chunk_stream); | ||
| 4322 | for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++) | ||
| 4323 | if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(table_n)) | ||
| 4324 | table->SettingsOffset = -1; | ||
| 4325 | } | ||
| 4326 | |||
| 4327 | |||
| 4328 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 4329 | // [SECTION] Tables: Debugging | ||
| 4330 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 4331 | // - DebugNodeTable() [Internal] | ||
| 4332 | // - DebugNodeTableSettings() [Internal] | ||
| 4333 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 4334 | |||
| 4335 | #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS | ||
| 4336 | |||
| 4337 | static const char* DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(ImGuiTableFlags sizing_policy) | ||
| 4338 | { | ||
| 4339 | sizing_policy &= ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_; | ||
| 4340 | if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit) { return "FixedFit"; } | ||
| 4341 | if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) { return "FixedSame"; } | ||
| 4342 | if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp) { return "StretchProp"; } | ||
| 4343 | if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame) { return "StretchSame"; } | ||
| 4344 | return "N/A"; | ||
| 4345 | } | ||
| 4346 | |||
| 4347 | void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 4348 | { | ||
| 4349 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 4350 | const bool is_active = (table->LastFrameActive >= g.FrameCount - 2); // Note that fully clipped early out scrolling tables will appear as inactive here. | ||
| 4351 | if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } | ||
| 4352 | bool open = TreeNode(table, "Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')%s", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); | ||
| 4353 | if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } | ||
| 4354 | if (IsItemHovered()) | ||
| 4355 | GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow)->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min, table->OuterRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); | ||
| 4356 | if (IsItemVisible() && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1) | ||
| 4357 | GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow)->AddRect(GetItemRectMin(), GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); | ||
| 4358 | if (!open) | ||
| 4359 | return; | ||
| 4360 | if (table->InstanceCurrent > 0) | ||
| 4361 | Text("** %d instances of same table! Some data below will refer to last instance.", table->InstanceCurrent + 1); | ||
| 4362 | if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent) | ||
| 4363 | { | ||
| 4364 | if (DebugBreakButton("**DebugBreak**", "in BeginTable()")) | ||
| 4365 | g.DebugBreakInTable = table->ID; | ||
| 4366 | SameLine(); | ||
| 4367 | } | ||
| 4368 | |||
| 4369 | bool clear_settings = SmallButton("Clear settings"); | ||
| 4370 | BulletText("OuterRect: Pos: (%.1f,%.1f) Size: (%.1f,%.1f) Sizing: '%s'", table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.GetWidth(), table->OuterRect.GetHeight(), DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(table->Flags)); | ||
| 4371 | BulletText("ColumnsGivenWidth: %.1f, ColumnsAutoFitWidth: %.1f, InnerWidth: %.1f%s", table->ColumnsGivenWidth, table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth, table->InnerWidth, table->InnerWidth == 0.0f ? " (auto)" : ""); | ||
| 4372 | BulletText("CellPaddingX: %.1f, CellSpacingX: %.1f/%.1f, OuterPaddingX: %.1f", table->CellPaddingX, table->CellSpacingX1, table->CellSpacingX2, table->OuterPaddingX); | ||
| 4373 | BulletText("HoveredColumnBody: %d, HoveredColumnBorder: %d", table->HoveredColumnBody, table->HoveredColumnBorder); | ||
| 4374 | BulletText("ResizedColumn: %d, HeldHeaderColumn: %d, ReorderColumn: %d", table->LastResizedColumn, table->LastHeldHeaderColumn, table->ReorderColumn); | ||
| 4375 | for (int n = 0; n < table->InstanceCurrent + 1; n++) | ||
| 4376 | { | ||
| 4377 | ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, n); | ||
| 4378 | BulletText("Instance %d: HoveredRow: %d, LastOuterHeight: %.2f", n, table_instance->HoveredRowLast, table_instance->LastOuterHeight); | ||
| 4379 | } | ||
| 4380 | //BulletText("BgDrawChannels: %d/%d", 0, table->BgDrawChannelUnfrozen); | ||
| 4381 | float sum_weights = 0.0f; | ||
| 4382 | for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) | ||
| 4383 | if (table->Columns[n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) | ||
| 4384 | sum_weights += table->Columns[n].StretchWeight; | ||
| 4385 | for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) | ||
| 4386 | { | ||
| 4387 | ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[n]; | ||
| 4388 | const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, n); | ||
| 4389 | char buf[512]; | ||
| 4390 | ImFormatString(buf, IM_COUNTOF(buf), | ||
| 4391 | "Column %d order %d '%s': offset %+.2f to %+.2f%s\n" | ||
| 4392 | "Enabled: %d, VisibleX/Y: %d/%d, RequestOutput: %d, SkipItems: %d, DrawChannels: %d,%d\n" | ||
| 4393 | "WidthGiven: %.1f, Request/Auto: %.1f/%.1f, StretchWeight: %.3f (%.1f%%)\n" | ||
| 4394 | "MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f (%+.1f), ClipRect: %.1f to %.1f (+%.1f)\n" | ||
| 4395 | "ContentWidth: %.1f,%.1f, HeadersUsed/Ideal %.1f/%.1f\n" | ||
| 4396 | "Sort: %d%s, UserData: 0x%08X, Flags: 0x%04X: %s%s%s..", | ||
| 4397 | n, column->DisplayOrder, name, column->MinX - table->WorkRect.Min.x, column->MaxX - table->WorkRect.Min.x, (n < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) ? " (Frozen)" : "", | ||
| 4398 | column->IsEnabled, column->IsVisibleX, column->IsVisibleY, column->IsRequestOutput, column->IsSkipItems, column->DrawChannelFrozen, column->DrawChannelUnfrozen, | ||
| 4399 | column->WidthGiven, column->WidthRequest, column->WidthAuto, column->StretchWeight, column->StretchWeight > 0.0f ? (column->StretchWeight / sum_weights) * 100.0f : 0.0f, | ||
| 4400 | column->MinX, column->MaxX, column->MaxX - column->MinX, column->ClipRect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Max.x, column->ClipRect.Max.x - column->ClipRect.Min.x, | ||
| 4401 | column->ContentMaxXFrozen - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal - column->WorkMinX, | ||
| 4402 | column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? " (Asc)" : (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending) ? " (Des)" : "", column->UserData, column->Flags, | ||
| 4403 | (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? "WidthStretch " : "", | ||
| 4404 | (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) ? "WidthFixed " : "", | ||
| 4405 | (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) ? "NoResize " : ""); | ||
| 4406 | Bullet(); | ||
| 4407 | Selectable(buf); | ||
| 4408 | if (IsItemHovered()) | ||
| 4409 | { | ||
| 4410 | ImRect r(column->MinX, table->OuterRect.Min.y, column->MaxX, table->OuterRect.Max.y); | ||
| 4411 | GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow)->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); | ||
| 4412 | } | ||
| 4413 | } | ||
| 4414 | if (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table)) | ||
| 4415 | DebugNodeTableSettings(settings, table); | ||
| 4416 | if (clear_settings) | ||
| 4417 | table->IsResetAllRequest = true; // Queue a call to TableResetSettings() | ||
| 4418 | TreePop(); | ||
| 4419 | } | ||
| 4420 | |||
| 4421 | void ImGui::DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings, ImGuiTable* table) | ||
| 4422 | { | ||
| 4423 | if (settings->ID == 0) | ||
| 4424 | PushID(settings); | ||
| 4425 | const bool open = TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)settings->ID, "Settings 0x%08X (%d columns)", settings->ID, settings->ColumnsCount); | ||
| 4426 | const bool hovered = IsItemHovered(); | ||
| 4427 | if (hovered && table == NULL && settings->ID != 0) | ||
| 4428 | table = TableFindByID(settings->ID); | ||
| 4429 | if (hovered && table != NULL) | ||
| 4430 | GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow)->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min, table->OuterRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); | ||
| 4431 | if (open) | ||
| 4432 | { | ||
| 4433 | BulletText("SaveFlags: 0x%08X", settings->SaveFlags); | ||
| 4434 | BulletText("ColumnsCount: %d (max %d)", settings->ColumnsCount, settings->ColumnsCountMax); | ||
| 4435 | for (int n = 0; n < settings->ColumnsCount; n++) | ||
| 4436 | { | ||
| 4437 | ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = &settings->GetColumnSettings()[n]; | ||
| 4438 | ImGuiSortDirection sort_dir = (column_settings->SortOrder != -1) ? (ImGuiSortDirection)column_settings->SortDirection : ImGuiSortDirection_None; | ||
| 4439 | BulletText("Column %d Order %d SortOrder %2d %s Vis %d %s %7.3f ID 0x%08X", | ||
| 4440 | n, column_settings->DisplayOrder, column_settings->SortOrder, | ||
| 4441 | (sort_dir == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? "Asc" : (sort_dir == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending) ? "Des" : "---", | ||
| 4442 | column_settings->IsEnabled, column_settings->IsStretch ? "Weight" : "Width ", column_settings->WidthOrWeight, column_settings->ID); | ||
| 4443 | } | ||
| 4444 | TreePop(); | ||
| 4445 | } | ||
| 4446 | if (settings->ID == 0) | ||
| 4447 | PopID(); | ||
| 4448 | } | ||
| 4449 | |||
| 4450 | #else // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS | ||
| 4451 | |||
| 4452 | void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable*) {} | ||
| 4453 | void ImGui::DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings*, ImGuiTable*) {} | ||
| 4454 | |||
| 4455 | #endif | ||
| 4456 | |||
| 4457 | |||
| 4458 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 4459 | // [SECTION] Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc. | ||
| 4460 | // (This is a legacy API, prefer using BeginTable/EndTable!) | ||
| 4461 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 4462 | // FIXME: sizing is lossy when columns width is very small (default width may turn negative etc.) | ||
| 4463 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 4464 | // - SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() [Internal] | ||
| 4465 | // - GetColumnIndex() | ||
| 4466 | // - GetColumnsCount() | ||
| 4467 | // - GetColumnOffset() | ||
| 4468 | // - GetColumnWidth() | ||
| 4469 | // - SetColumnOffset() | ||
| 4470 | // - SetColumnWidth() | ||
| 4471 | // - PushColumnClipRect() [Internal] | ||
| 4472 | // - PushColumnsBackground() [Internal] | ||
| 4473 | // - PopColumnsBackground() [Internal] | ||
| 4474 | // - FindOrCreateColumns() [Internal] | ||
| 4475 | // - GetColumnsID() [Internal] | ||
| 4476 | // - BeginColumns() | ||
| 4477 | // - NextColumn() | ||
| 4478 | // - EndColumns() | ||
| 4479 | // - Columns() | ||
| 4480 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 4481 | |||
| 4482 | // [Internal] Small optimization to avoid calls to PopClipRect/SetCurrentChannel/PushClipRect in sequences, | ||
| 4483 | // they would meddle many times with the underlying ImDrawCmd. | ||
| 4484 | // Instead, we do a preemptive overwrite of clipping rectangle _without_ altering the command-buffer and let | ||
| 4485 | // the subsequent single call to SetCurrentChannel() does it things once. | ||
| 4486 | void ImGui::SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect) | ||
| 4487 | { | ||
| 4488 | ImVec4 clip_rect_vec4 = clip_rect.ToVec4(); | ||
| 4489 | window->ClipRect = clip_rect; | ||
| 4490 | window->DrawList->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = clip_rect_vec4; | ||
| 4491 | window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.Data[window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.Size - 1] = clip_rect_vec4; | ||
| 4492 | } | ||
| 4493 | |||
| 4494 | int ImGui::GetColumnIndex() | ||
| 4495 | { | ||
| 4496 | ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); | ||
| 4497 | return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Current : 0; | ||
| 4498 | } | ||
| 4499 | |||
| 4500 | int ImGui::GetColumnsCount() | ||
| 4501 | { | ||
| 4502 | ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); | ||
| 4503 | return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Count : 1; | ||
| 4504 | } | ||
| 4505 | |||
| 4506 | float ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset_norm) | ||
| 4507 | { | ||
| 4508 | return offset_norm * (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX); | ||
| 4509 | } | ||
| 4510 | |||
| 4511 | float ImGui::GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset) | ||
| 4512 | { | ||
| 4513 | return offset / (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX); | ||
| 4514 | } | ||
| 4515 | |||
| 4516 | static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f; | ||
| 4517 | |||
| 4518 | static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index) | ||
| 4519 | { | ||
| 4520 | // Active (dragged) column always follow mouse. The reason we need this is that dragging a column to the right edge of an auto-resizing | ||
| 4521 | // window creates a feedback loop because we store normalized positions. So while dragging we enforce absolute positioning. | ||
| 4522 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 4523 | ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; | ||
| 4524 | IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We are not supposed to drag column 0. | ||
| 4525 | IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == columns->ID + ImGuiID(column_index)); | ||
| 4526 | |||
| 4527 | float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + ImTrunc(COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale) - window->Pos.x; | ||
| 4528 | x = ImMax(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index - 1) + g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); | ||
| 4529 | if ((columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths)) | ||
| 4530 | x = ImMin(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index + 1) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); | ||
| 4531 | |||
| 4532 | return x; | ||
| 4533 | } | ||
| 4534 | |||
| 4535 | float ImGui::GetColumnOffset(int column_index) | ||
| 4536 | { | ||
| 4537 | ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); | ||
| 4538 | ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; | ||
| 4539 | if (columns == NULL) | ||
| 4540 | return 0.0f; | ||
| 4541 | |||
| 4542 | if (column_index < 0) | ||
| 4543 | column_index = columns->Current; | ||
| 4544 | IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size); | ||
| 4545 | |||
| 4546 | const float t = columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm; | ||
| 4547 | const float x_offset = ImLerp(columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX, t); | ||
| 4548 | return x_offset; | ||
| 4549 | } | ||
| 4550 | |||
| 4551 | static float GetColumnWidthEx(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index, bool before_resize = false) | ||
| 4552 | { | ||
| 4553 | if (column_index < 0) | ||
| 4554 | column_index = columns->Current; | ||
| 4555 | |||
| 4556 | float offset_norm; | ||
| 4557 | if (before_resize) | ||
| 4558 | offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNormBeforeResize - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNormBeforeResize; | ||
| 4559 | else | ||
| 4560 | offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm; | ||
| 4561 | return ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, offset_norm); | ||
| 4562 | } | ||
| 4563 | |||
| 4564 | float ImGui::GetColumnWidth(int column_index) | ||
| 4565 | { | ||
| 4566 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 4567 | ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; | ||
| 4568 | ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; | ||
| 4569 | if (columns == NULL) | ||
| 4570 | return GetContentRegionAvail().x; | ||
| 4571 | |||
| 4572 | if (column_index < 0) | ||
| 4573 | column_index = columns->Current; | ||
| 4574 | return GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm); | ||
| 4575 | } | ||
| 4576 | |||
| 4577 | void ImGui::SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset) | ||
| 4578 | { | ||
| 4579 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 4580 | ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; | ||
| 4581 | ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; | ||
| 4582 | IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); | ||
| 4583 | |||
| 4584 | if (column_index < 0) | ||
| 4585 | column_index = columns->Current; | ||
| 4586 | IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size); | ||
| 4587 | |||
| 4588 | const bool preserve_width = !(columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths) && (column_index < columns->Count - 1); | ||
| 4589 | const float width = preserve_width ? GetColumnWidthEx(columns, column_index, columns->IsBeingResized) : 0.0f; | ||
| 4590 | |||
| 4591 | if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow)) | ||
| 4592 | offset = ImMin(offset, columns->OffMaxX - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing * (columns->Count - column_index)); | ||
| 4593 | columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm = GetColumnNormFromOffset(columns, offset - columns->OffMinX); | ||
| 4594 | |||
| 4595 | if (preserve_width) | ||
| 4596 | SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, offset + ImMax(g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing, width)); | ||
| 4597 | } | ||
| 4598 | |||
| 4599 | void ImGui::SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width) | ||
| 4600 | { | ||
| 4601 | ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); | ||
| 4602 | ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; | ||
| 4603 | IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); | ||
| 4604 | |||
| 4605 | if (column_index < 0) | ||
| 4606 | column_index = columns->Current; | ||
| 4607 | SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, GetColumnOffset(column_index) + width); | ||
| 4608 | } | ||
| 4609 | |||
| 4610 | void ImGui::PushColumnClipRect(int column_index) | ||
| 4611 | { | ||
| 4612 | ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); | ||
| 4613 | ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; | ||
| 4614 | if (column_index < 0) | ||
| 4615 | column_index = columns->Current; | ||
| 4616 | |||
| 4617 | ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[column_index]; | ||
| 4618 | PushClipRect(column->ClipRect.Min, column->ClipRect.Max, false); | ||
| 4619 | } | ||
| 4620 | |||
| 4621 | // Get into the columns background draw command (which is generally the same draw command as before we called BeginColumns) | ||
| 4622 | void ImGui::PushColumnsBackground() | ||
| 4623 | { | ||
| 4624 | ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); | ||
| 4625 | ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; | ||
| 4626 | if (columns->Count == 1) | ||
| 4627 | return; | ||
| 4628 | |||
| 4629 | // Optimization: avoid SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect() | ||
| 4630 | columns->HostBackupClipRect = window->ClipRect; | ||
| 4631 | SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, columns->HostInitialClipRect); | ||
| 4632 | columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 0); | ||
| 4633 | } | ||
| 4634 | |||
| 4635 | void ImGui::PopColumnsBackground() | ||
| 4636 | { | ||
| 4637 | ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); | ||
| 4638 | ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; | ||
| 4639 | if (columns->Count == 1) | ||
| 4640 | return; | ||
| 4641 | |||
| 4642 | // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() | ||
| 4643 | SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, columns->HostBackupClipRect); | ||
| 4644 | columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1); | ||
| 4645 | } | ||
| 4646 | |||
| 4647 | ImGuiOldColumns* ImGui::FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) | ||
| 4648 | { | ||
| 4649 | // We have few columns per window so for now we don't need bother much with turning this into a faster lookup. | ||
| 4650 | for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) | ||
| 4651 | if (window->ColumnsStorage[n].ID == id) | ||
| 4652 | return &window->ColumnsStorage[n]; | ||
| 4653 | |||
| 4654 | window->ColumnsStorage.push_back(ImGuiOldColumns()); | ||
| 4655 | ImGuiOldColumns* columns = &window->ColumnsStorage.back(); | ||
| 4656 | columns->ID = id; | ||
| 4657 | return columns; | ||
| 4658 | } | ||
| 4659 | |||
| 4660 | ImGuiID ImGui::GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int columns_count) | ||
| 4661 | { | ||
| 4662 | ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); | ||
| 4663 | |||
| 4664 | // Differentiate column ID with an arbitrary prefix for cases where users name their columns set the same as another widget. | ||
| 4665 | // In addition, when an identifier isn't explicitly provided we include the number of columns in the hash to make it uniquer. | ||
| 4666 | PushID(0x11223347 + (str_id ? 0 : columns_count)); | ||
| 4667 | ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id ? str_id : "columns"); | ||
| 4668 | PopID(); | ||
| 4669 | |||
| 4670 | return id; | ||
| 4671 | } | ||
| 4672 | |||
| 4673 | void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags) | ||
| 4674 | { | ||
| 4675 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 4676 | ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); | ||
| 4677 | |||
| 4678 | IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); | ||
| 4679 | IM_ASSERT(window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL); // Nested columns are currently not supported | ||
| 4680 | |||
| 4681 | // Acquire storage for the columns set | ||
| 4682 | ImGuiID id = GetColumnsID(str_id, columns_count); | ||
| 4683 | ImGuiOldColumns* columns = FindOrCreateColumns(window, id); | ||
| 4684 | IM_ASSERT(columns->ID == id); | ||
| 4685 | columns->Current = 0; | ||
| 4686 | columns->Count = columns_count; | ||
| 4687 | columns->Flags = flags; | ||
| 4688 | window->DC.CurrentColumns = columns; | ||
| 4689 | window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = false; // Shortcut for NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); | ||
| 4690 | |||
| 4691 | columns->HostCursorPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; | ||
| 4692 | columns->HostCursorMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x; | ||
| 4693 | columns->HostInitialClipRect = window->ClipRect; | ||
| 4694 | columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect = window->ParentWorkRect; | ||
| 4695 | window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect; | ||
| 4696 | |||
| 4697 | // Set state for first column | ||
| 4698 | // We aim so that the right-most column will have the same clipping width as other after being clipped by parent ClipRect | ||
| 4699 | const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; | ||
| 4700 | const float half_clip_extend_x = ImTrunc(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f, window->WindowBorderSize)); | ||
| 4701 | const float max_1 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + column_padding - ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); | ||
| 4702 | const float max_2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + half_clip_extend_x; | ||
| 4703 | columns->OffMinX = window->DC.Indent.x - column_padding + ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); | ||
| 4704 | columns->OffMaxX = ImMax(ImMin(max_1, max_2) - window->Pos.x, columns->OffMinX + 1.0f); | ||
| 4705 | columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; | ||
| 4706 | |||
| 4707 | // Clear data if columns count changed | ||
| 4708 | if (columns->Columns.Size != 0 && columns->Columns.Size != columns_count + 1) | ||
| 4709 | columns->Columns.resize(0); | ||
| 4710 | |||
| 4711 | // Initialize default widths | ||
| 4712 | columns->IsFirstFrame = (columns->Columns.Size == 0); | ||
| 4713 | if (columns->Columns.Size == 0) | ||
| 4714 | { | ||
| 4715 | columns->Columns.reserve(columns_count + 1); | ||
| 4716 | for (int n = 0; n < columns_count + 1; n++) | ||
| 4717 | { | ||
| 4718 | ImGuiOldColumnData column; | ||
| 4719 | column.OffsetNorm = n / (float)columns_count; | ||
| 4720 | columns->Columns.push_back(column); | ||
| 4721 | } | ||
| 4722 | } | ||
| 4723 | |||
| 4724 | for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) | ||
| 4725 | { | ||
| 4726 | // Compute clipping rectangle | ||
| 4727 | ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; | ||
| 4728 | float clip_x1 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n)); | ||
| 4729 | float clip_x2 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n + 1) - 1.0f); | ||
| 4730 | column->ClipRect = ImRect(clip_x1, -FLT_MAX, clip_x2, +FLT_MAX); | ||
| 4731 | column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); | ||
| 4732 | } | ||
| 4733 | |||
| 4734 | if (columns->Count > 1) | ||
| 4735 | { | ||
| 4736 | columns->Splitter.Split(window->DrawList, 1 + columns->Count); | ||
| 4737 | columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 1); | ||
| 4738 | PushColumnClipRect(0); | ||
| 4739 | } | ||
| 4740 | |||
| 4741 | // We don't generally store Indent.x inside ColumnsOffset because it may be manipulated by the user. | ||
| 4742 | float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current); | ||
| 4743 | float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1); | ||
| 4744 | float width = offset_1 - offset_0; | ||
| 4745 | PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); | ||
| 4746 | window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); | ||
| 4747 | window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); | ||
| 4748 | window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; | ||
| 4749 | window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y; | ||
| 4750 | } | ||
| 4751 | |||
| 4752 | void ImGui::NextColumn() | ||
| 4753 | { | ||
| 4754 | ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); | ||
| 4755 | if (window->SkipItems || window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL) | ||
| 4756 | return; | ||
| 4757 | |||
| 4758 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 4759 | ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; | ||
| 4760 | |||
| 4761 | if (columns->Count == 1) | ||
| 4762 | { | ||
| 4763 | window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); | ||
| 4764 | IM_ASSERT(columns->Current == 0); | ||
| 4765 | return; | ||
| 4766 | } | ||
| 4767 | |||
| 4768 | // Next column | ||
| 4769 | if (++columns->Current == columns->Count) | ||
| 4770 | columns->Current = 0; | ||
| 4771 | |||
| 4772 | PopItemWidth(); | ||
| 4773 | |||
| 4774 | // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect() | ||
| 4775 | // (which would needlessly attempt to update commands in the wrong channel, then pop or overwrite them), | ||
| 4776 | ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[columns->Current]; | ||
| 4777 | SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect); | ||
| 4778 | columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1); | ||
| 4779 | |||
| 4780 | const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; | ||
| 4781 | columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y); | ||
| 4782 | if (columns->Current > 0) | ||
| 4783 | { | ||
| 4784 | // Columns 1+ ignore IndentX (by canceling it out) | ||
| 4785 | // FIXME-COLUMNS: Unnecessary, could be locked? | ||
| 4786 | window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current) - window->DC.Indent.x + column_padding; | ||
| 4787 | } | ||
| 4788 | else | ||
| 4789 | { | ||
| 4790 | // New row/line: column 0 honor IndentX. | ||
| 4791 | window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); | ||
| 4792 | window->DC.IsSameLine = false; | ||
| 4793 | columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY; | ||
| 4794 | } | ||
| 4795 | window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); | ||
| 4796 | window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMinY; | ||
| 4797 | window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); | ||
| 4798 | window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; | ||
| 4799 | |||
| 4800 | // FIXME-COLUMNS: Share code with BeginColumns() - move code on columns setup. | ||
| 4801 | float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current); | ||
| 4802 | float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1); | ||
| 4803 | float width = offset_1 - offset_0; | ||
| 4804 | PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); | ||
| 4805 | window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; | ||
| 4806 | } | ||
| 4807 | |||
| 4808 | void ImGui::EndColumns() | ||
| 4809 | { | ||
| 4810 | ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; | ||
| 4811 | ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); | ||
| 4812 | ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; | ||
| 4813 | IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); | ||
| 4814 | |||
| 4815 | PopItemWidth(); | ||
| 4816 | if (columns->Count > 1) | ||
| 4817 | { | ||
| 4818 | PopClipRect(); | ||
| 4819 | columns->Splitter.Merge(window->DrawList); | ||
| 4820 | } | ||
| 4821 | |||
| 4822 | const ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = columns->Flags; | ||
| 4823 | columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y); | ||
| 4824 | window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMaxY; | ||
| 4825 | if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize)) | ||
| 4826 | window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = columns->HostCursorMaxPosX; // Restore cursor max pos, as columns don't grow parent | ||
| 4827 | |||
| 4828 | // Draw columns borders and handle resize | ||
| 4829 | // The IsBeingResized flag ensure we preserve pre-resize columns width so back-and-forth are not lossy | ||
| 4830 | bool is_being_resized = false; | ||
| 4831 | if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder) && !window->SkipItems) | ||
| 4832 | { | ||
| 4833 | // We clip Y boundaries CPU side because very long triangles are mishandled by some GPU drivers. | ||
| 4834 | const float y1 = ImMax(columns->HostCursorPosY, window->ClipRect.Min.y); | ||
| 4835 | const float y2 = ImMin(window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y); | ||
| 4836 | int dragging_column = -1; | ||
| 4837 | for (int n = 1; n < columns->Count; n++) | ||
| 4838 | { | ||
| 4839 | ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; | ||
| 4840 | float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n); | ||
| 4841 | const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n); | ||
| 4842 | const float column_hit_hw = ImTrunc(COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale); | ||
| 4843 | const ImRect column_hit_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hit_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hit_hw, y2)); | ||
| 4844 | if (!ItemAdd(column_hit_rect, column_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) | ||
| 4845 | continue; | ||
| 4846 | |||
| 4847 | bool hovered = false, held = false; | ||
| 4848 | if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize)) | ||
| 4849 | { | ||
| 4850 | ButtonBehavior(column_hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held); | ||
| 4851 | if (hovered || held) | ||
| 4852 | SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW); | ||
| 4853 | if (held && !(column->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize)) | ||
| 4854 | dragging_column = n; | ||
| 4855 | } | ||
| 4856 | |||
| 4857 | // Draw column | ||
| 4858 | const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator); | ||
| 4859 | const float xi = IM_TRUNC(x); | ||
| 4860 | window->DrawList->AddLineV(xi, y1 + 1.0f, y2, col); | ||
| 4861 | } | ||
| 4862 | |||
| 4863 | // Apply dragging after drawing the column lines, so our rendered lines are in sync with how items were displayed during the frame. | ||
| 4864 | if (dragging_column != -1) | ||
| 4865 | { | ||
| 4866 | if (!columns->IsBeingResized) | ||
| 4867 | for (int n = 0; n < columns->Count + 1; n++) | ||
| 4868 | columns->Columns[n].OffsetNormBeforeResize = columns->Columns[n].OffsetNorm; | ||
| 4869 | columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized = true; | ||
| 4870 | float x = GetDraggedColumnOffset(columns, dragging_column); | ||
| 4871 | SetColumnOffset(dragging_column, x); | ||
| 4872 | } | ||
| 4873 | } | ||
| 4874 | columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized; | ||
| 4875 | |||
| 4876 | window->WorkRect = window->ParentWorkRect; | ||
| 4877 | window->ParentWorkRect = columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect; | ||
| 4878 | window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; | ||
| 4879 | window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; | ||
| 4880 | window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); | ||
| 4881 | NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); | ||
| 4882 | } | ||
| 4883 | |||
| 4884 | void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool borders) | ||
| 4885 | { | ||
| 4886 | ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); | ||
| 4887 | IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); | ||
| 4888 | |||
| 4889 | ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = (borders ? 0 : ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder); | ||
| 4890 | //flags |= ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths; // NB: Legacy behavior | ||
| 4891 | ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; | ||
| 4892 | if (columns != NULL && columns->Count == columns_count && columns->Flags == flags) | ||
| 4893 | return; | ||
| 4894 | |||
| 4895 | if (columns != NULL) | ||
| 4896 | EndColumns(); | ||
| 4897 | |||
| 4898 | if (columns_count != 1) | ||
| 4899 | BeginColumns(id, columns_count, flags); | ||
| 4900 | } | ||
| 4901 | |||
| 4902 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 4903 | |||
| 4904 | #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE | ||